4 5325 87 Відображення або приховання попереднього перегляду друкованої сторінки.
13 .uno%3AClosePreview 39 To exit the page preview, click the Close Preview button.
13 .uno%3APrintPreview 87 Відображення або приховання попереднього перегляду друкованої сторінки.
5 26503 39 To exit the page preview, click the Close Preview button.
a 1446609431 49 Збереження стандартних листів у файлах.
2c SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_COLUMN 8e Використовує вміст вибраного поля даних як і'мя файлу для стандартного листа.
a 1446609412 53 Задає записи для внесення у стандартний лист.
a 1446609938 70 Друкує кожний стандартний лист окремо на вибраному принтері.
5 38786 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
a 1446613530 1d Opens the Select Path dialog.
a 1446609961 64 Генерирує ім'я файлу з даних, що містяться в базі даних.
a 1446609410 3c Обробляє всі записи з бази даних.
27 SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3AED_FILENAME a5 Створює на базі введеного користувачем тексту ім'я файлу, за яким слідує порядковий номер.
a 1446609447 94 Натисність для створення одного великого документа, що містить всі записи даних.
a 1446612510 8e Використовує вміст вибраного поля даних як і'мя файлу для стандартного листа.
a 1446615045 5c Вказує номер першого запису для виведення на друк.
5 38791 31 Вибір бази даних і таблиці.
a 1446609448 76 Натисність, щоб створити один документ для кожного запису даних.
a 1446610969 54 Задає шлях для збереження стандартних листів.
a 1446609419 2d Друк стандартних листів.
a 1446609411 fc Обробляє тільки позначені записи з бази даних. Цей параметр доступний тільки після попередньої позначки необхідних записів у базі даних.
a 1446612524 29 Виберіть формат файлу.
2e SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_FILENAME a5 Створює на базі введеного користувачем тексту ім'я файлу, за яким слідує порядковий номер.
a 1446615047 63 Вказує номер останнього запису, для виведення на друк.
1f .uno%3ASendOutlineToStarImpress 84 Відправляє структуру активного документа в новий документ презентації.
5 20036 84 Відправляє структуру активного документа в новий документ презентації.
1d .uno%3ASendOutlineToClipboard 6c Відправляє структуру документа в буфер обміну у форматі RTF.
5 20037 6c Відправляє структуру документа в буфер обміну у форматі RTF.
a 1404835845 75 Введіть число рівнів структури для копіювання в новий документ.
5 21612 10e Копіює заголовки і ряд наступних абзаців активного документа в новий текстовий документ реферату. Реферат корисний для огляду великих документів.
a 1404835843 74 Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.
15 .uno%3ACreateAbstract 10e Копіює заголовки і ряд наступних абзаців активного документа в новий текстовий документ реферату. Реферат корисний для огляду великих документів.
20 .uno%3ASendAbstractToStarImpress 96 Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.
5 21613 96 Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.
5 54938 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
5 54941 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
5 20040 bc Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.
5 54939 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
5 54936 bc Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.
11 .uno%3ANewHtmlDoc bc Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.
5 53005 52 Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.
5 52996 4d Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.
10 .uno%3ANavigator e4 Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.
5 52999 74 Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.
5 52992 f5 Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
5 52831 a6 Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.
5 52978 102 Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.
5 52989 a5 Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Graphics".
5 52991 1ac Переміщає в навігаторі і в документі вибраний заголовок і текст, що знаходиться під ним, вгору на одну позицію заголовка. Щоб перемістити тільки вибраний заголовок без пов'язаного з ним тексту, натисніть CTRL, а потім клацніть цю іконку.
5 53018 c0 Opens the Navigation toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.
5 53011 4a Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.
5 52998 38 Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.
5 52997 af Переміщає курсор на нижній колонтитул або з нижнього колонтитулу в текстову область документа.
5 10366 e4 Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.
5 52993 22 Shows or hides the Navigator list.
5 52830 161 Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose Tools - Update - Links. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.
5 52990 b5 Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.
5 52995 f1 Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button.
5 52994 c4 Робиться перемикання між відображенням всіх категорій у навігаторові і відображенням вибраної категорії.
5 52832 68 Click 1 to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and 10 to view all of the headings.
5 52829 a3 Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.
5 53001 d1 Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
5 53000 d1 Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
5 52988 a9 Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Graphics".
5 52819 3b Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.
5 55004 32 Select this icon to browse through control fields.
5 52818 3d Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.
5 55009 2d Select this icon to browse through footnotes.
5 54999 2f Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.
5 55008 2e Select this icon to browse through selections.
5 55013 32 Select this icon to browse through table formulas.
5 55015 38 Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.
5 55007 2d Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.
5 54997 2f Select this icon to browse through text frames.
5 55006 2c Select this icon to browse through sections.
5 52828 b5 If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.
5 55011 32 Select this icon to browse through search results.
5 55003 33 Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.
5 55000 29 Select this icon to browse through pages.
5 55005 3c Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.
5 54996 2a Select this icon to browse through tables.
5 53002 115 Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.
5 55010 2c Select this icon to browse through comments.
5 55012 31 Select this icon to browse through index entries.
5 54998 2c Select this icon to browse through graphics.
15 HID_NID_FORMULA_ERROR 38 Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.
5 55014 38 Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.
5 55001 2c Select this icon to browse through headings.
5 55002 2d Select this icon to browse through reminders.
a 1428636677 123 Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.
5 53424 cf Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.
13 .uno%3AEditGlossary da Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.
5 53425 6e Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.
5 53441 2e Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.
5 53429 57 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
5 53439 d5 Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.
5 20620 da Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.
a 1428722179 50 Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the Name box.
a 1428636741 2c Links to files on the Internet are relative.
5 52769 2e Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.
a 1428636740 3c Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.
5 53021 43 Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.
a 1428722187 5e Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the Name box.
5 53442 89 Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.
a 1428637700 bc Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the AutoText button, and then choose New.
5 53426 5f Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.
a 1428640310 2e Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.
a 1428637698 96 Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.
a 1428721160 be Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.
a 1428636745 39 Turns on or off a preview of the selected AutoText entry.
a 1428647988 89 Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.
a 1428640312 52 Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
5 53428 a0 Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose File - Save AutoText, and then choose File - Close.
a 1428719626 bb Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click Rename. To create a new category, type a name, and then click New.
a 1428867077 6d Відображається поточне ім'я вибраного елементу автотексту.
a 1428867078 55 Привласнює ярлик вибраного запису автотексту.
a 1428867080 55 Привласнює ярлик вибраного запису автотексту.
a 1428867079 67 Введіть нову назву для вибраного компоненту автотексту.
1d .uno%3AAuthoritiesEntryDialog 26 Edits the selected bibliography entry.
5 21833 26 Edits the selected bibliography entry.
12 .uno%3AFieldDialog 75 Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.
5 53060 3d Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.
5 53059 39 Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.
5 20104 75 Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.
9 878759475 b2 Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.
a 1428652032 77 Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.
13 .uno%3AEditFootnote 77 Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.
a 1428663911 41 Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.
5 20162 77 Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.
a 1428663912 3d Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.
5 54866 40 Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.
17 .uno%3AIndexEntryDialog 66 Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.
5 54868 3f Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.
5 20123 66 Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.
5 54867 3f Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.
5 54863 59 Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.
5 54865 43 Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.
a 1433456132 3e Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.
5 53436 58 Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the Section list.
11 .uno%3AEditRegion 3c Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.
a 1405833730 6a Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.
5 20165 3c Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.
c .uno%3ARuler 9b Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.
5 20211 9b Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.
5 20214 62 Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.
11 .uno%3AViewBounds 62 Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.
c .uno%3AMarks 76 Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.
5 20225 76 Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.
5 20226 42 Switches the field display between field names and field contents.
11 .uno%3AFieldnames 42 Switches the field display between field names and field contents.
5 20224 67 Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.
13 .uno%3AControlCodes 67 Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.
11 .uno%3ABrowseView 2f Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.
4 6313 2f Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.
5 20237 36 Displays how the document will look when you print it.
12 .uno%3APrintLayout 36 Displays how the document will look when you print it.
5 20242 21 Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.
1b .uno%3AShowHiddenParagraphs 21 Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.
a 1412978696 4a Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.
a 1412973575 c7 Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.
a 1412973057 cc Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.
12 .uno%3AInsertBreak 59 Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.
a 1412973058 7e Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.
a 1412976133 46 Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.
5 20304 59 Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.
a 1412973059 ee Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.
5 21419 137 Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.
14 .uno%3AInsertSection 137 Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.
18 FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION 137 Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.
9 879051786 30 Prevents the selected section from being edited.
a 1405830664 3b Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.
a 1405830661 61 Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.
9 879054886 41 Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.
9 879051777 a3 Creates a DDE link. Select this check box, and then enter the DDE command that you want to use. The DDE option is only available if the Link check box is selected.
9 879051785 60 Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.
a 1405831181 39 Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.
9 879051784 3b Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.
a 1405833768 49 Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click Insert.
9 879055400 49 Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click Insert.
9 879052816 7a Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (...) to locate the file.
9 879051781 61 Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.
a 1405830666 30 Prevents the selected section from being edited.
a 1405831187 20 Type a name for the new section.
a 1405833254 41 Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.
a 1405830145 a3 Creates a DDE link. Select this check box, and then enter the DDE command that you want to use. The DDE option is only available if the Link check box is selected.
a 1405831184 7a Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (...) to locate the file.
9 879055411 39 Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
9 879052813 39 Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.
9 879054868 20 Type a name for the new section.
a 1405833779 39 Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
9 879335941 3d Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.
9 879335939 3d Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.
14 .uno%3AInsertEndnote 79 Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.
5 20399 75 Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.
15 .uno%3AInsertFootnote 75 Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.
a 1428656644 3d Inserts a special character  as a footnote or endnote anchor.
a 1428652551 78 Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.
1b .uno%3AInsertFootnoteDialog 75 Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.
a 1428654083 4c Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.
5 21418 79 Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.
a 1428652546 4c Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.
5 20312 75 Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.
a 1428652545 57 Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.
a 1428652552 79 Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.
15 .uno%3AInsertBookmark 81 Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.
a 1428738049 c0 Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click Delete.
5 20302 81 Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.
a 1428738582 8a To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the Insert Bookmark dialog and click the Delete button. No confirmation dialog will follow.
a 1417989639 41 Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.
1a .uno%3AInsertCaptionDialog 5b Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.
5 20310 5b Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.
a 1417988121 51 Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.
5 52975 5b Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.
a 1417990679 88 Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption.
a 1417988105 3f Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.
a 1417990149 e6 Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name.
a 1417989643 62 Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.
a 1418006045 2b Визначає стиль символу.
a 1418003486 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
a 1418006033 6f Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.
a 1418004499 5e Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.
2a SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_CAPTION%3ACB_COPY_ATTR 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
a 1417990670 c2 Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an outline level to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.
5 54823 3d Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.
15 .uno%3AInsertEnvelope 14 Creates an envelope.
5 21050 14 Creates an envelope.
5 54820 30 Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.
9 909642251 6b Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the Sender check box, and then enter the return  address.
9 909642242 1b Enter the delivery address.
9 909643268 48 Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.
9 909643273 b0 Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.
9 909643270 4e Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.
9 909640714 6b Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the Sender check box, and then enter the return  address.
5 53186 96 Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.
9 909651463 b0 Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.
9 909662736 6e Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.
9 909662744 6c Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.
9 909662734 6f Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.
9 909659681 79 Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.
9 909662755 20 Enter the width of the envelope.
9 909668380 56 Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.
9 909662746 6b Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.
5 53187 37 Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.
9 909668370 59 Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.
9 909662757 21 Enter the height of the envelope.
5 22782 47 Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.
9 909672967 43 Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.
9 909679116 2e Enter the amount to shift the print area down.
5 22785 45 Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.
9 909679114 36 Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.
5 22787 46 Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.
5 22786 42 Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.
9 909672968 45 Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.
5 22784 48 Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.
9 909677071 74 Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.
5 53184 27 Set the print options for the envelope.
5 22783 44 Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.
12 .uno%3AInsertField 2f Inserts a field at the current cursor position.
5 20308 2f Inserts a field at the current cursor position.
5 54842 77 Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the Close button.
5 54843 33 Закриття діалогового вікна.
5 53208 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878759474 83 Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the Type list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click Insert.
9 878759476 77 Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
9 878762040 50 Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.
9 878757943 57 Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example "+1".
9 878756922 4a Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.
9 878759472 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878762041 40 Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.
9 878790744 40 Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.
1b .uno%3AInsertReferenceField bf This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.
5 53077 b6 Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the Type list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Insert reference to" list, and then click Insert.
9 878792275 b6 Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the Type list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Insert reference to" list, and then click Insert.
9 878792273 91 Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.
9 878790746 2a Відредагуйте значення.
9 878790746 41 Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.
5 20313 bf This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.
5 53210 bf This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.
9 878792277 48 Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.
9 878774349 8b Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the Then box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the Else box.
9 878774353 29 Введіть новий елемент.
a 1419645445 42 Closes the current Input list and displays the next, if available.
9 878776919 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
9 878774347 8b Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the Then box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the Else box.
a 1419644418 48 Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click OK.
9 878776914 1a Adds the Item to the list.
9 878775873 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878775892 3b Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.
9 878774361 27 Enter a unique name for the Input list.
9 878774343 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
9 878774345 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
9 878775877 77 Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
5 53209 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
9 878776918 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
a 1419645447 4e Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
9 878776910 79 Opens the Macro Selector, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.
9 878776917 28 Removes the selected item from the list.
9 878724117 4a Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.
5 53206 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878726674 83 Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the Type list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click Insert.
9 878726676 77 Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
5 54846 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
5 53047 32 Adds the user-defined field to the Selection list.
9 878743069 83 Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the Type list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click Insert.
9 878743079 52 Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.
9 878743067 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878740520 29 Hides the field contents in the document.
9 878741537 40 Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.
9 878741546 5d Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.
5 53048 7d Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.
9 878741535 40 Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.
5 53207 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878743075 77 Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
9 878743076 48 In the Format list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.
9 878711313 82 Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.
9 878710274 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878710282 29 Lists the available user-defined formats.
9 878707212 47 Applies the format that you select in the List of user-defined formats.
9 878708744 3a For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.
9 878707213 31 Uses the format defined in the selected database.
9 878708745 62 Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.
5 54949 d1 When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.
5 54845 54 Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.
5 53205 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
9 878710283 29 Lists the available user-defined formats.
a 1419530760 2e Jumps to the next input field in the document.
a 1419528707 b5 The upper box displays the name that you entered in the Reference box of the Input Field on the Functions tab of the Fields dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.
5 52774 4f Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.
5 54874 40 Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.
5 54915 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
5 54916 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
5 54864 53 Opens the Create New User-defined Index dialog where you can create a custom index.
a 1433651239 70 Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.
5 54859 22 Marks an index entry in your text.
5 54873 0 
19 .uno%3AInsertIndexesEntry 3c Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.
5 54872 c9 Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key and "winter" as the 2nd key, the index entry is "weather, winter, cold".
5 20335 3c Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.
5 54869 33 Select the index that you want to add the entry to.
5 54871 b2 Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key, the index entry is "weather, cold".
5 54860 12 Closes the dialog.
5 54943 f9 Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.
5 54875 8f Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.
5 54870 a6 Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.
17 .uno%3AInsertMultiIndex 47 Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.
5 21420 47 Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.
9 879170074 4d Resets the formatting of the selected level to the "Default" paragraph style.
9 879177248 43 Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.
9 879169055 74 Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<) button.
9 879170088 54 Opens the Paragraph Style dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.
9 879169053 39 Select the index level that you change the formatting of.
9 879133709 e1 Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.
9 879134735 25 Enter a title for the selected index.
9 879133717 6a Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry in the index.
9 879136258 31 Select the type of index that you want to insert.
9 879136263 4f Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.
5 53239 31 Select the type of index that you want to insert.
9 879137294 62 Opens the Assign Styles dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.
9 879133707 96 Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.
9 879138825 3b Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.
9 879133699 36 Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.
9 879133721 7f Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.
9 879133719 c3 Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".
9 879133729 d2 Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".
9 879136404 aa Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.
9 879136402 3f Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.
9 879133723 2d Inserts index keys as separate index entries.
9 879133722 3d Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.
9 879144989 2b Select, create, or edit a concordance file.
9 879133724 64 Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.
9 879133720 11b Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "p" or "pp". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10pp", and "View 10, View 11" as "View 10p".
9 879136364 46 Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.
9 879133204 28 Creates index entries from object names.
9 879133203 2b Creates index entries from object captions.
9 879136362 47 Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.
9 879133714 78 Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.
9 879133713 22 Includes OLE objects in the index.
9 879133811 22 Includes text frames in the index.
9 879133810 1d Includes tables in the index.
9 879133812 1f Includes graphics in the index.
5 53245 47 Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.
9 879133818 2f Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.
9 879136380 42 Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.
a 1416081007 49 Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.
a 1416081006 47 Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.
5 53243 35 Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.
5 53240 9b Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the Index/Table tab.
9 879155764 4a Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.
5 54856 2d Displays the remainder of the Structure line.
5 54879 2d Displays the remainder of the Structure line.
9 879153708 3f Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.
9 879153701 28 Inserts the text of the chapter heading.
9 879153732 38 Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.
9 879153703 25 Inserts the page number of the entry.
9 879150133 2d Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.
9 879153198 28 Select the tab leader that you want use.
9 879153704 de Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or select the Align right check box.
9 879152683 49 Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the Structure line.
9 879152795 7d Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.
5 54857 2d Displays the remainder of the Structure line.
9 879153700 a4 Inserts the complete chapter heading, including, if available, the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose Tools - Outline Numbering.
9 879153705 1aa Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the Structure line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.
9 879150134 c1 Positions the tab stop relative to the "indent from left" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the Styles tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.
9 879153702 8e Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the Chapter entry box.
9 879152688 4b Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.
9 879155353 59 Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.
9 879152697 cf Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose Edit - Index Entry.
9 879150139 41 Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.
9 879150138 5a Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.
9 879152769 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
9 879157902 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
9 879149695 73 Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.
9 879152771 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
9 879157898 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
9 879157899 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
9 879152759 7b To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click Insert.
9 879157901 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
9 879153784 a2 Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.
9 879153785 3c Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.
9 879157900 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
9 879149694 5d Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.
9 879152773 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
9 879157897 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
5 54895 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54908 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54902 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54894 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54897 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54885 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54898 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54883 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54910 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54893 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54904 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54881 2d Select the source for the bibliography entry.
5 54903 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54880 80 Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.
5 54891 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54909 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54900 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54907 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54892 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54889 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 53246 2b Change the content of a bibliography entry.
5 54896 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54888 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54884 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54905 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54886 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54906 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54890 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54887 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54882 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54899 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
5 54917 43 Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.
1d .uno%3AInsertAuthoritiesEntry 21 Inserts a bibliography reference.
5 54877 db Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.
5 54912 5a Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.
5 54876 49 Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.
5 54911 33 Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.
5 54913 49 Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.
5 21421 21 Inserts a bibliography reference.
5 54861 b2 Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.
5 54862 12 Closes the dialog.
5 54878 5f Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.
5 20334 5f Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.
5 20333 7d Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.
12 .uno%3AInsertFrame 5f Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 7d Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.
a 1425179663 34 Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.
5 20330 a8 Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
a 1425183255 50 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
a 1425184787 3f Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.
a 1425179662 65 Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.
a 1425179664 21 Adds a border to the table cells.
a 1425180683 1b Enter a name for the table.
a 1425184773 34 Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.
a 1425179661 24 Includes a heading row in the table.
12 .uno%3AInsertTable a8 Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
a 1425184772 37 Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.
a 1419596301 77 Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.
5 20309 31 Change the data sources for the current document.
a 1419591680 2e Lists the databases that are currently in use.
1a .uno%3AChangeDatabaseField 31 Change the data sources for the current document.
4 5532 33 Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.
10 .uno%3AInsertDoc 33 Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.
a 1419619856 14 Jump to Next Script.
a 1419608588 2e Enter the script code that you want to insert.
a 1419610637 2e Enter the script code that you want to insert.
a 1419619855 18 Jump to Previous Script.
a 1419608595 b1 Adds a link to a script file. Click the URL radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (...), locate the file, and then click Insert.
a 1419608064 4c Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.
a 1419610123 31 Enter the type of script that you want to insert.
5 21410 4c Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.
13 .uno%3AInsertScript 4c Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.
a 1419612693 47 Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click Insert.
a 1419610132 b1 Adds a link to a script file. Click the URL radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (...), locate the file, and then click Insert.
19 .uno%3AInsertGraphicRuler 39 Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.
5 52984 8c Select the type of line that you want to insert, and then click OK. The "Plain" type inserts an empty paragraph with a line as lower border.
5 21411 39 Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageHeader 92 Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
5 21413 92 Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
5 21414 92 Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageFooter 92 Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
9 700827204 98 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
9 700827216 6a Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.
9 700827186 43 Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.
9 700831827 45 Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.
9 700827203 51 Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.
9 700831796 63 Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.
9 700827207 8a Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
9 700829246 2e Select the break type that you want to insert.
9 700827196 4b Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.
9 700831816 8a Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
9 700829250 46 Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.
9 700831813 98 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
9 700831820 8b Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select "0".
9 700831799 66 Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.
5 33794 2b Specify hyphenation and pagination options.
9 700827201 6e Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.
9 700829248 2a Select where you want to insert the break.
9 877828614 63 Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.
9 877825547 44 Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.
9 877828098 37 Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps.
9 877824009 63 Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.
5 53168 b1 Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.
9 877828100 98 Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.
9 877822992 80 Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.
9 877822989 38 Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.
9 878857741 54 Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.
5 53214 a7 Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.
9 878860299 37 Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering
9 878855684 5a Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
9 878855689 56 Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.
9 878855683 30 Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.
9 878860294 3a Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
9 878857729 43 Select the Numbering Style that you want to apply to the paragraph.
9 878855688 35 Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.
11 .uno%3APageDialog 8e Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.
5 20452 8e Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.
5 53181 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
9 877877787 1e Enter the width of the column.
14 .uno%3AFormatColumns 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
5 20453 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
9 877877807 45 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.
9 877877786 1e Enter the width of the column.
a 1417874998 3c Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.
9 877877785 1e Enter the width of the column.
9 877874722 6e Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".
9 877877796 58 Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.
9 877874726 81 Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if Height value of the line is less than 100%.
9 877882911 30 Moves the column display one column to the left.
9 877872186 93 Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.
5 20449 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
9 877877806 45 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.
17 .uno%3APageColumnDialog 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
9 877872132 1f Creates columns of equal width.
9 877877250 49 Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.
9 877882910 31 Moves the column display one column to the right.
5 54944 49 Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.
5 53172 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
9 877956631 61 Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.
9 877953537 5b Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.
9 877959683 2f Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.
9 877959705 4e Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.
9 877956629 69 Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "0.0 pt".
5 53175 7a Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.
9 877959685 72 Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.
9 877959707 66 Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.
9 877953538 5e Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Select this check box, and then enter the height.
9 879248390 aa Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.
9 879253528 36 Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.
9 879250980 2c Select the numbering style for the endnotes.
9 879249422 46 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number
9 879250981 2d Select the numbering style for the footnotes.
9 879249425 48 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.
9 879249423 41 Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.
9 879248387 28 Adds endnotes at the end of the section.
9 879248388 3e Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.
9 879253527 35 Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.
9 879248395 32 Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.
9 879248391 3f Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.
9 879248396 31 Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.
9 879249426 42 Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.
9 879313940 3a Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
9 879313411 4e Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.
9 879319053 3f Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.
9 879313410 4e Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.
9 879319568 26 Enter the font size for the Ruby text.
9 879313937 39 Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.
9 879313939 3a Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
9 879313412 4e Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.
9 879319048 3a Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.
9 879319563 54 Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.
9 879316502 3a Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
5 20458 49 Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGraphicDialog 49 Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.
9 878167071 a6 Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.
9 878169639 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
9 705430559 b5 Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.
9 878167169 b5 Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.
9 878167142 55 Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.
9 878172702 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected object.
5 53170 4e Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.
9 705436181 86 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
9 705430026 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
9 878167077 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
9 705433107 36 Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.
9 878172700 36 Enter the width that you want for the selected object.
9 705436165 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected object.
9 705430534 55 Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.
9 705433111 48 Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.
9 878169634 36 Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.
9 705430028 73 Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.
9 705436163 36 Enter the width that you want for the selected object.
9 705430552 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
9 878166530 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
9 705430025 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
9 878169604 46 Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.
9 878167086 a6 Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.
9 878167140 5f Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.
9 705430027 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
9 878166529 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
9 705436188 85 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
9 878172713 85 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
9 705433118 46 Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.
9 878169602 48 Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.
9 878167141 61 Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.
9 878166532 73 Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.
9 878172708 86 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
9 878166531 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
9 878170668 47 Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.
9 705433114 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
9 878461975 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
5 20474 27 Places the object in front of the text.
5 20564 71 Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the Through wrap type.
9 878461960 3e Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.
e .uno%3AWrapOff 96 Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.
5 20563 ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
9 878469637 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
5 20472 96 Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.
5 20203 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
12 .uno%3AWrapContour 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
f .uno%3AWrapMenu 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
5 20581 3e Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.
9 878467603 5b Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.
9 878469635 43 Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.
9 878461977 60 Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.
5 20584 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
9 878461974 71 Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the Through wrap type.
10 .uno%3AWrapIdeal ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
5 20473 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
1d .uno%3AWrapThroughTransparent 71 Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the Through wrap type.
9 878469638 27 Places the object in front of the text.
f .uno%3ATextWrap 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
9 878469634 96 Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.
12 .uno%3AWrapThrough 27 Places the object in front of the text.
9 878467600 5a Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.
d .uno%3AWrapOn 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
9 878469636 44 Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.
9 878467598 59 Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.
9 878467602 58 Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.
9 878469639 ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
15 .uno%3AWrapAnchorOnly 3e Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.
5 53169 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
5 33928 67 Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.
5 33980 22 Displays a preview of the contour.
5 33926 4c Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.
5 10334 81 Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object.
5 33930 2d Reverses the action of the last Undo command.
a 1782005760 81 Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object.
5 33929 19 Reverses the last action.
5 33923 184 Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.
5 33918 2b Applies the contour to the selected object.
5 33922 3b Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.
14 .uno%3AContourDialog 81 Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object.
5 33931 42 Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.
5 33921 73 Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 33927 79 Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.
5 33925 5f Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.
5 33919 4b Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.
5 33920 3e Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.
5 33932 c1 Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.
a 1782012417 8f Enter the color tolerance for the eyedropper as a percentage. To increase the color range that the eyedropper selects, enter a high percentage.
13 .uno%3AFlipVertical 28 Flips the selected graphic horizontally.
9 878232130 3a Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.
9 878232129 3b Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.
15 .uno%3AFlipHorizontal 26 Flips the selected graphic vertically.
9 878232128 35 Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.
9 878233654 92 Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (...) and then locate the file that you want to link to.
9 878236213 4a Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
5 20426 28 Flips the selected graphic horizontally.
9 878232622 28 Flips the selected graphic horizontally.
5 53171 3f Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.
5 20425 26 Flips the selected graphic vertically.
9 878232623 26 Flips the selected graphic vertically.
3b SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN%3APB_ASSIGN 31 Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.
5 40082 3f Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.
3b SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN%3APB_DELETE 35 Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.
36 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN%3APB_ASSIGN 31 Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.
5 40085 2a Lists the events that can trigger a macro.
36 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN%3APB_DELETE 35 Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.
5 40083 72 Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click Assign.
27 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ARID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN 4d Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.
9 878350951 49 Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click Open.
9 878347362 1d Uses a server-side image map.
9 878348399 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 878347363 3c Uses the image map that you created for the selected object.
5 53189 56 Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.
9 878348347 3a Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.
9 878350432 47 Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.
9 878494843 5d Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).
9 878494841 24 Locks the size of the selected item.
9 878497408 a3 Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select Use superordinate object settings from the list.
9 878494840 40 Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.
5 53195 3f Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.
9 878497397 df Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.
20 SW%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRM_ADD%3AED_PREV f8 Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.
9 878497395 f8 Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.
9 878494844 37 Includes the selected item when you print the document.
9 878495857 91 Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.
9 878495855 23 Enter a name for the selected item.
9 878494839 36 Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.
20 SW%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRM_ADD%3AED_NEXT df Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.
5 20456 6a Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.
12 .uno%3AFrameDialog 6a Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.
12 .uno%3ATableDialog 7d Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.
5 20460 7d Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.
9 878221847 73 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.
9 878215692 2b Centers the table horizontally on the page.
9 878215694 49 Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.
9 878215690 3a Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.
9 878215693 71 Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the Left and Right boxes in the Spacing area.
9 878215691 3c Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.
5 53180 52 Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.
9 878221875 68 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.
9 878221825 1d Enter the width of the table.
9 878221845 70 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.
9 878221876 69 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.
9 878216196 42 Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.
9 878217319 69 Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.
9 878215824 63 Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the Left box in the Spacing area.
9 888499832 44 Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.
9 888489083 47 Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.
9 888494700 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888494710 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888494706 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888494718 8a Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the Table tab.
9 888489082 4f Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.
9 888494704 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888494708 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888494702 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
9 888499833 43 Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.
9 878511240 56 Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.
9 878510727 2f Inserts a page or column break after the table.
9 878510726 30 Inserts a page or column break before the table.
9 878511235 63 Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.
9 878510725 48 Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.
9 878516264 33 Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.
9 878513801 56 Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.
9 878510724 2f Inserts a page break before or after the table.
9 878511248 4f Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.
9 878516363 40 Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.
9 878511762 3e Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.
9 878513815 3f Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.
5 53196 42 Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.
9 878513708 2f Select the direction for the text in the cells.
5 21753 3e Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.
9 878511249 40 Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.
9 878511144 50 Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.
f .uno%3ARowSplit 3e Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.
5 20517 40 Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.
e .uno%3AProtect 40 Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.
19 .uno%3AUnsetCellsReadOnly 48 Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.
5 20519 48 Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.
5 20507 2a Changes the height of the selected row(s).
13 .uno%3ASetRowHeight 2a Changes the height of the selected row(s).
a 1425250817 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).
a 1425245186 48 Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.
5 20528 45 Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.
1a .uno%3ASetOptimalRowHeight 45 Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.
10 .uno%3AEntireRow 29 Selects the row that contains the cursor.
5 20513 29 Selects the row that contains the cursor.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
5 26236 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
5 20503 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
a 1425283074 46 Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.
15 .uno%3ASetColumnWidth 2c Changes the width of the selected column(s).
5 20508 2c Changes the width of the selected column(s).
a 1425283588 39 Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).
1c .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidth 47 Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.
5 20521 47 Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.
5 20514 2c Selects the column that contains the cursor.
13 .uno%3AEntireColumn 2c Selects the column that contains the cursor.
5 20543 1d Inserts a row into the table.
a 1425228299 5c Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.
16 .uno%3AInsertRowDialog 1d Inserts a row into the table.
19 .uno%3AInsertColumnDialog 20 Inserts a column into the table.
5 20542 20 Inserts a column into the table.
a 1425233922 32 Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.
a 1425227776 27 Inserts a row or column into the table.
a 1425228298 5b Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.
5 26237 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
5 20504 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
a 1097682442 38 These are the different categories of formatting styles.
5 54844 c7 Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.
9 878449161 48 Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.
9 878445569 3c Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.
9 878448135 5f A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.
9 878449162 4a Click Assign to apply the selected Paragraph Style to the defined context.
4 5543 26 Displays formatting styles for frames.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 2a Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.
5 33137 59 Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.
4 5544 25 Displays formatting styles for pages.
10 .uno%3ACharStyle 2a Displays formatting styles for characters.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 75 Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.
11 .uno%3AFrameStyle 26 Displays formatting styles for frames.
4 5545 3b Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.
16 .uno%3ATemplateFamily5 3b Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.
5 33138 a5 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.
5 33139 a0 Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.
4 5541 2a Displays formatting styles for characters.
5 33129 89 Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.
10 .uno%3APageStyle 25 Displays formatting styles for pages.
4 5542 2a Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.
5 20402 96 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options, and then click the Options tab.
17 .uno%3AOnlineAutoFormat 96 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options, and then click the Options tab.
5 52833 96 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options, and then click the Options tab.
a 1425327127 35 Includes font formatting in the selected table style.
a 1425327128 37 Includes background styles in the selected table style.
5 10242 5a Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
11 .uno%3AAutoFormat 5a Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
a 1425330794 21 Deletes the selected table style.
a 1425327125 33 Includes border styles in the selected table style.
a 1425327129 38 Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.
a 1425330793 23 Adds a new table style to the list.
a 1425330795 5b Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the "Standard" table style.
a 1425327124 37 Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.
5 54275 5a Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
a 1425338984 4d Displays more formatting options for tables. Click again to hide the options.
a 1425329665 6d Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click OK.
a 1345903204 61 Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.
3d OFFMGR%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET%3AED_RIGHT_MARGIN 61 Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.
5 20401 68 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options.
16 .uno%3AAutoFormatApply 68 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options.
5 20406 a4 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.
5 54855 91 Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.
1d .uno%3AAutoFormatRedlineApply a4 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect
 Options. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.
5 54854 26 Applies all of the formatting changes.
5 54853 26 Rejects all of the formatting changes.
5 53006 62 Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.
a 1107382822 51 Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click Open.
a 1107379236 50 Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.
a 1107379235 4b Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.
a 1107381812 38 Lists the available templates for the selected category.
5 53007 4c Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.
5 53009 5e Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.
a 1107379233 62 Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.
5 53046 50 Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.
4 5663 56 Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.
a 1107381781 65 Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the Templates list.
a 1107379237 5e Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.
a 1107379234 4c Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.
5 53008 4b Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.
11 .uno%3ALoadStyles 56 Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.
5 20642 49 Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.
5 21742 49 Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.
a 1425408517 52 Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.
a 1425408520 30 Splits the table without copying the header row.
a 1425408518 34 Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.
a 1425408519 77 Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.
11 .uno%3ASplitTable 49 Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.
5 21752 8c Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
5 20652 8c Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
11 .uno%3AMergeTable 8c Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
a 1238075402 3d Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.
a 1238085132 73 Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.
10 .uno%3AHyphenate 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
5 33821 2d Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.
5 26087 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
a 1238077972 48 Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.
a 1238077973 23 Rejects the hyphenation suggestion.
a 1238085131 73 Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.
16 .uno%3AWordCountDialog 53 Counts the words and characters in the current selection and in the whole document.
5 54987 53 Counts the words and characters in the current selection and in the whole document.
5 22298 53 Counts the words and characters in the current selection and in the whole document.
5 20612 5c Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.
5 54851 6a Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.
1d .uno%3AChapterNumberingDialog 5c Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.
a 1428754026 96 Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.
5 53036 5c Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.
5 53037 8e Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.
a 1428752491 96 Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.
9 878905479 41 Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.
9 878906901 51 Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.
9 878907021 2d Select the format of the numbering character.
9 878909549 94 Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select "3" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1
9 878909481 43 Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.
9 878905481 42 Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.
9 878906903 50 Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.
9 878907011 66 Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.
15 .uno%3AFootnoteDialog 3a Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.
5 20468 3a Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.
9 881133611 c7 Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.
9 881135134 31 Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.
5 53215 34 Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.
9 881137676 8a Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the Counting box.
9 881135114 4a Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.
9 881133616 53 Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.
9 881135154 5e Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.
9 881132034 3a Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.
9 881133609 ca Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page.
9 881135135 39 Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.
9 881135115 2e Select the numbering option for the footnotes.
9 881132033 2d Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.
9 881135157 67 Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.
9 881133614 59 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.
5 53216 26 Specifies the formatting for endnotes.
9 881151518 30 Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.
9 881151498 37 Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.
9 881151538 5c Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.
9 881149998 58 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.
9 881151541 66 Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.
9 881150000 52 Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.
9 881154060 37 Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.
9 881151519 38 Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.
a 1425212430 3b Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.
a 1425211908 40 Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.
a 1425211905 3a Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.
a 1425217555 25 Repeats the first n rows as a header.
a 1425216102 34 Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.
a 1425212424 50 Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.
17 .uno%3AConvertTableText 49 Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
a 1425211907 45 Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.
a 1425212429 34 Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.
a 1425212432 2f Adds a border to the table and the table cells.
a 1425211910 5d Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.
a 1425212431 27 Does not divide the table across pages.
a 1425213447 3b Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.
5 20500 49 Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
a 1428767264 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
a 1428767755 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
a 1428767248 65 Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.
10 .uno%3ATableSort 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
a 1428767253 56 If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.
a 1428772873 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
a 1428767261 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
a 1428771362 6c Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
a 1428772876 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
a 1428767782 7a Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
a 1428767254 4d Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.
a 1428770311 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
a 1428767752 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
a 1428767247 45 Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.
11 .uno%3ASortDialog 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
a 1428770314 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
a 1428768791 4d Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.
a 1428770340 33 Select the language that defines the sorting rules.
a 1428767262 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
a 1428767263 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
a 1428767251 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
a 1428767749 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
5 20614 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
5 20533 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
a 1428767250 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
a 1428770317 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
a 1428772870 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
5 20615 47 Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.
13 .uno%3ACalculateSel 47 Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.
11 .uno%3ARepaginate 78 Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the Status Bar.
5 20161 78 Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the Status Bar.
13 .uno%3AEditCurIndex 21 Edits the current index or table.
5 20654 1a Updates the current index.
15 .uno%3AUpdateCurIndex 1a Updates the current index.
5 20655 23 Deletes the current index or table.
14 .uno%3ARemoveTableOf 23 Deletes the current index or table.
5 21832 21 Edits the current index or table.
5 20653 98 Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.
17 .uno%3AUpdateAllIndexes 98 Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.
9 878893067 31 Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.
9 878887957 9f Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.
9 878890501 30 Select the numbering style that you want to use.
9 878887956 2c Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.
1a .uno%3ALineNumberingDialog 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
9 878893073 3a Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.
9 878890499 46 Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.
9 878890503 31 Select where you want the line numbers to appear.
9 878893577 57 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.
9 878887937 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
9 878888975 33 Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.
9 878887959 40 Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.
5 20602 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
10 .uno%3AUpdateAll 64 Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.
5 21828 64 Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.
5 20126 3b Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.
13 .uno%3AUpdateFields 3b Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.
5 21824 2a Updates the links in the current document.
15 .uno%3AUpdateAllLinks 2a Updates the links in the current document.
5 21834 2b Updates the charts in the current document.
13 .uno%3AUpdateCharts 2b Updates the charts in the current document.
16 .uno%3ADrawGraphicMenu 3e Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.
5 20364 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
12 .uno%3AMergeDialog 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
5 20367 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
16 .uno%3AMailMergeWizard 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
5 20367 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
9 898207241 14 Select the document.
9 898204163 38 Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.
9 898208261 46 Locate the Writer document that you want too use, and then click Open.
9 898204164 52 Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.
9 898204162 49 Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.
9 898204166 4a Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.
9 898204168 4e Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.
9 898208263 29 Opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
9 898220547 5c Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.
9 898220546 28 Creates a printable mail merge document.
9 898237515 2f Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.
9 898241026 8d Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
9 898237446 31 Adds an address block to the mail merge document.
9 898248204 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
9 898241033 1e Opens the Match Fields dialog.
9 898248203 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
9 898241029 26 Opens the Select Address Block dialog.
9 898253839 12 Adds a salutation.
9 898264597 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
9 898257426 1e Opens the Match Fields dialog.
9 898253826 6f Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
9 898256907 42 Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.
9 898264596 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
9 898257412 36 Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialog.
9 898256387 38 Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
9 898256393 59 Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.
9 898256389 36 Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
9 898257414 34 Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialog.
9 898256910 5d Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.
9 898503179 1a Moves the salutation down.
9 898505222 6a Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.
9 898505220 6c Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.
9 898499596 49 Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.
9 898502159 2c Select a magnification for the page preview.
9 898503177 18 Moves the salutation up.
9 898275333 64 Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.
9 898273798 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
9 898273802 5a Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.
9 898270216 34 Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.
9 898273796 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
9 898273795 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
9 898273799 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
9 898287622 68 Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.
9 898290183 1a Click to start the search.
9 898286601 45 Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.
9 898286600 3c Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.
9 898290179 59 Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.
9 898286602 47 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.
9 898306583 1f Changes the printer properties.
9 898304035 2f Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.
9 898305558 13 Select the printer.
9 898306586 20 Prints the mail merge documents.
9 898302476 2b Saves the merged document as a single file.
9 898306579 14 Saves the documents.
9 898308112 42 Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.
9 898302488 24 Prints documents for all recipients.
9 898305568 4c Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.
9 898305573 2f Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.
9 898302468 1a Saves the merged document.
9 898306568 1b Saves the current document.
9 898306593 4f Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
9 898302470 36 Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.
9 898302503 29 Select to send e-mails to all recipients.
9 898302467 3e Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.
9 898302477 cf Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.
9 898308114 41 Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.
9 898302469 2d Prints the output for all or some recipients.
9 898306600 1f Click to start sending e-mails.
9 898302479 77 Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the From box and ending at the record number in the To box.
9 898304052 21 Shows the name of the attachment.
9 898306598 7d Opens the E-Mail Message dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.
a 1435387949 4a Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
a 1435387947 44 Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
a 1435315755 2f Removes the selected field from the other list.
a 1435306545 3d Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.
a 1435315763 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
a 1435315765 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
a 1435315754 73 Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.
a 1435315762 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
5 54986 34 Select a field and drag the field to the other list.
a 1435315764 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
a 1435308087 50 Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.
a 1435406347 42 Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.
a 1435406854 38 Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a male recipient.
a 1435404831 22 Enter the main text of the e-mail.
a 1435403266 54 Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
a 1435405827 38 Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
a 1435406350 52 Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.
a 1435405833 59 Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.
a 1435403279 20 Adds a salutation to the e-mail.
a 1435405829 36 Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
a 1435406852 3a Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a female recipient.
a 1435324949 53 Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can define a new address block layout.
a 1435324950 2a Deletes the selected address block layout.
a 1435322396 3a Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.
a 1435320859 86 Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.
a 1435320858 3e Includes country or regional information in the address block.
a 1435320857 40 Excludes country or regional information from the address block.
a 1435324951 58 Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
a 1435193860 50 Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.
a 1435193873 58 Opens the Select Table dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.
5 54977 5d Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.
a 1435193863 5d Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.
a 1435193862 82 Opens the Standard Filter dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.
a 1435193864 4b Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can create a new address list.
a 1435210243 27 Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialog.
5 54964 3f Select the table that you want to use for mail merge addresses.
b sel_mode_id 5b Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.
f insert_normalid 51 In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.
9 insert_id 44 In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.
17 .uno%3ADefaultNumbering 56 Додає або видаляє нумерацію виділених абзаців.
5 20144 56 Додає або видаляє нумерацію виділених абзаців.
5 21736 4b Зв'язує вибрану рамку з наступною рамкою.
12 .uno%3AChainFrames 4b Зв'язує вибрану рамку з наступною рамкою.
5 21737 40 Розриває зв'язок між двома рамками.
13 .uno%3AUnhainFrames 40 Розриває зв'язок між двома рамками.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows 5c Вставляє в таблицю рядок нижче за позицію курсора.
5 20501 5c Вставляє в таблицю рядок нижче за позицію курсора.
5 20502 6a Вставляє в таблицю стовпець праворуч від позиції курсора.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns 6a Вставляє в таблицю стовпець праворуч від позиції курсора.
13 .uno%3ATableModeFix b3 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка або стовпця стосуються тільки сусідніх рядків або стовпців.
5 20589 b3 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка або стовпця стосуються тільки сусідніх рядків або стовпців.
17 .uno%3ATableModeFixProp 87 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка і/або стовпця зачіпають всю таблицю.
5 20590 87 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка і/або стовпця зачіпають всю таблицю.
5 20591 92 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка і/або стовпця впливають на розмір таблиці.
18 .uno%3ATableModeVariable 92 Якщо включений цей режим, зміни рядка і/або стовпця впливають на розмір таблиці.
5 20595 c3 Активує функцію підсумовування. Курсор повинен знаходитися у комірці, в якій потрібно відображувати суму.
e .uno%3AAutoSum c3 Активує функцію підсумовування. Курсор повинен знаходитися у комірці, в якій потрібно відображувати суму.
14 .uno%3ARemoveBullets 8a Вимикає нумерацію або маркіровку в поточному абзаці або виділених абзацах.
5 20137 8a Вимикає нумерацію або маркіровку в поточному абзаці або виділених абзацах.
5 20139 69 зсуває параграф нижче разом з підпунктами на один рівень.
19 .uno%3ADecrementSubLevels 69 зсуває параграф нижче разом з підпунктами на один рівень.
19 .uno%3AIncrementSubLevels 67 Зсуває параграф вище разом з підпунктами на один рівень.
5 20140 67 Зсуває параграф вище разом з підпунктами на один рівень.
5 20136 7a Вставляє абзац без нумерації. Існуюча нумерація зачеплена не буде.
1d .uno%3AInsertNeutralParagraph 7a Вставляє абзац без нумерації. Існуюча нумерація зачеплена не буде.
15 .uno%3AMoveUpSubItems 41 Moves a paragraph with subpoints to above the previous paragraph.
5 20141 41 Moves a paragraph with subpoints to above the previous paragraph.
17 .uno%3AMoveDownSubItems 65 Переміщає абзац з підпунктами нижче наступного абзацу.
5 20142 65 Переміщає абзац з підпунктами нижче наступного абзацу.
5 21738 3c Починає нумерацію тексту заново.
15 .uno%3ANumberingStart 3c Починає нумерацію тексту заново.
5 21181 22d У цьому полі рядка стану відображується номер поточної сторінки. По подвійному клацанню відкривається навігатор, за допомогою якого можна переміщатися по документу. По клацанню правою кнопкою миші відображуються всі закладки в документі. Щоб перейти до відповідного місця в тексті, натисніть закладку.
16 .uno%3AStatePageNumber 22d У цьому полі рядка стану відображується номер поточної сторінки. По подвійному клацанню відкривається навігатор, за допомогою якого можна переміщатися по документу. По клацанню правою кнопкою миші відображуються всі закладки в документі. Щоб перейти до відповідного місця в тексті, натисніть закладку.
14 .uno%3AStatusBarFunc 60 Відображає поточні відомості про активний документ.
5 10423 60 Відображає поточні відомості про активний документ.
f .uno%3AZoomPlus 7d Збільшує зображення, щоб документ можна було проглянути докладніше.
5 10097 7d Збільшує зображення, щоб документ можна було проглянути докладніше.
5 26501 82 зменшує зображення, щоб можна було проглянути велику частку документа.
d .uno%3AZoomIn 82 зменшує зображення, щоб можна було проглянути велику частку документа.
10 .uno%3AZoomMinus 82 зменшує зображення, щоб можна було проглянути велику частку документа.
5 54945 7d Визначає рівень масштабування при попередньому перегляді сторінки.
13 .uno%3AShowTwoPages 67 Відображує у вікні попереднього перегляду дві сторінки.
5 21251 67 Відображує у вікні попереднього перегляду дві сторінки.
12 FN_SHOW_FOUR_PAGES 162 Визначає кількість сторінок, що відображуються на екрані. Щоб відкрити сітку і вибрати число сторінок для попереднього перегляду у вигляді рядків і стовпців, клацніть стрілку поряд із значком.
18 .uno%3AShowMultiplePages 162 Визначає кількість сторінок, що відображуються на екрані. Щоб відкрити сітку і вибрати число сторінок для попереднього перегляду у вигляді рядків і стовпців, клацніть стрілку поряд із значком.
a 1411274757 38 Визначає число рядів сторінок.
5 20251 162 Визначає кількість сторінок, що відображуються на екрані. Щоб відкрити сітку і вибрати число сторінок для попереднього перегляду у вигляді рядків і стовпців, клацніть стрілку поряд із значком.
12 .uno%3APreviewZoom 162 Визначає кількість сторінок, що відображуються на екрані. Щоб відкрити сітку і вибрати число сторінок для попереднього перегляду у вигляді рядків і стовпців, клацніть стрілку поряд із значком.
a 1411274756 73 Визначає число сторінок, що відображуються у вигляді стовпців.
5 21252 162 Визначає кількість сторінок, що відображуються на екрані. Щоб відкрити сітку і вибрати число сторінок для попереднього перегляду у вигляді рядків і стовпців, клацніть стрілку поряд із значком.
13 .uno%3AShowBookview a6 Виберіть відображення першої сторінки на правій стороні сторінки попереднього перегляду.
5 21255 a6 Виберіть відображення першої сторінки на правій стороні сторінки попереднього перегляду.
17 .uno%3APrintPagePreView 8f Opens the Print dialog to print the page preview. Use the Print options page view icon to set the printing scale and other printing properties.
5 21253 8f Opens the Print dialog to print the page preview. Use the Print options page view icon to set the printing scale and other printing properties.
5 20250 93 Відкриває діалогове вікно, де ви можете задати параметри друкованого документа.
a 1411291669 67 Задає відстань між сторінками документа по горизонталі.
a 1411291661 2e Задає ширину лівого поля.
a 1411291663 21 Specifies the right margin width.
a 1411285529 45 Друк сторінки в книжковій орієнтації.
a 1411289624 101 У процесі друку перегляду сторінок кількість рядків і стовпців не задається фіксовано, а визначається тим, що було показане у виді сторінки.
a 1411291141 9c Визначає кількість стовпців сторінок (вертикально розставлених сторінок документа).
a 1411285528 45 Друк сторінки в альбомній орієнтації.
a 1411291665 34 Задає висоту верхнього поля.
a 1411291139 9a Визначає кількість рядів сторінок (горизонтально розставлених сторінок документа).
a 1411291671 63 Задає відстань між сторінками документа по вертикалі.
a 1411291667 32 Задає висоту нижнього поля.
1a .uno%3APreviewPrintOptions 93 Відкриває діалогове вікно, де ви можете задати параметри друкованого документа.
5 53404 32 Розділяє елементи в списку.
5 53381 21 Обчислює відсоток
5 53384 32 Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR
5 53402 3a Обчислює арктангенс в радіанах.
5 53385 59 перевіряє значення на відповідність логічному І
5 53401 3a Обчислює арккосинус у радіанах.
5 53395 5c Обчислує найменше значення в області або в списку.
5 53405 55 У формули ви можете вставляти різні оператори.
5 53390 64 Перевіряє, чи є значення великим або рівним указанному
5 53399 34 обчислює тангенс в радіанах.
5 53388 60 Перевіряє на нерівність між відібраними значеннями.
5 53394 6f Обчислює арифметичне середнє значень в області або в списку.
5 53391 51 Перевіряє, чи є значення меншим, ніж вказане.
5 53389 61 Перевіряє, чи є значення меншим або рівним вказаному.
5 53387 3c Перевіряє рівність двох значень.
5 53397 2f Обчислює синус у радианах
5 53396 5e Обчислую найбільше значення в області або в списку.
5 53403 41 Возводить число у вказаний ступінь.
5 53392 52 Перевіряє, чи є значення більшим, ніж указане
5 53382 33 Обчислює квадратний корінь.
5 53386 5b Перевіряє значення на відповідність логічному НІ
5 53407 69 Ви можете вибирати з наступних тригонометричних функцій:
5 53400 36 Обчислює арксинус у радіанах.
5 53393 3a Обчислує суму вибраних комірок.
5 53409 66 Округлює число до вказаної кількості знаків після коми.
5 53383 5b Проверяє значення на відповідність логічному АБО
5 53406 61 Ви можете вибирати з наступних статистичних функцій:
5 53398 34 Обчислує косинус у радіанах.
5 20556 92 Відкриває підменю, за допомогою якого можна вставити формулу в елемент таблиці.
5 20557 64 Видаляє вміст рядка введення і закриває панель формул.
5 20558 f4 Переносить вміст рядка введення в документ і закриває панель формул. Вміст рядка введення вставляється в документ у позиції курсора.
5 53896 f3 Дозволяє створити формулу, ввівши її безпосередньо в рядок введення або клацнувши значок Формула для відображення формул в підменю.
5 26626 b7 Ця панель інструментів містить різні функції для вставки рамок, малюнків, таблиць та інших об'єктів.
5 52822 b7 Ця панель інструментів містить різні функції для вставки рамок, малюнків, таблиць та інших об'єктів.
11 .uno%3AInsertCtrl b7 Ця панель інструментів містить різні функції для вставки рамок, малюнків, таблиць та інших об'єктів.
5 52824 c4 Натисніть, щоб відкрити діалогове вікно "Поля". Щоб відкрити підміню, натисніть на стрілці поряд із значком.
5 20391 c4 Натисніть, щоб відкрити діалогове вікно "Поля". Щоб відкрити підміню, натисніть на стрілці поряд із значком.
16 .uno%3AInsertFieldCtrl c4 Натисніть, щоб відкрити діалогове вікно "Поля". Щоб відкрити підміню, натисніть на стрілці поряд із значком.
5 20392 37 Вставляє поточну дату як поле.
16 .uno%3AInsertDateField 37 Вставляє поточну дату як поле.
5 10937 37 Вставляє поточний час як поле.
16 .uno%3AInsertTimeField 37 Вставляє поточний час як поле.
5 20394 6d Вставляє номер поточної сторінки як поле в позицію курсора.
1c .uno%3AInsertPageNumberField 6d Вставляє номер поточної сторінки як поле в позицію курсора.
5 20395 68 Вставляє як поле спільну кількість сторінок у документі.
1b .uno%3AInsertPageCountField 68 Вставляє як поле спільну кількість сторінок у документі.
5 20396 67 Вставляє як поле тему, вказану у властивостях документа.
17 .uno%3AInsertTopicField 67 Вставляє як поле тему, вказану у властивостях документа.
17 .uno%3AInsertTitleField 73 Вставляє як поле заголовок, вказаний у властивостях документа.
5 20397 73 Вставляє як поле заголовок, вказаний у властивостях документа.
5 27364 5a Вставляє як поле ім'я особи, що створила документ.
18 .uno%3AInsertAuthorField 5a Вставляє як поле ім'я особи, що створила документ.
e .uno%3AGraphic 79 If the Graphics On/Off icon on the Tools bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.
5 20213 79 If the Graphics On/Off icon on the Tools bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.
5 22204 2b Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.
13 .uno%3AShadowCursor 2b Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.
10 FN_INSERT_HEADER d9 Показує верхній колонтитул HTML-документа, якщо колонтитули дозволені на вкладці Формат - Сторінка - Верхній колонтитул.
10 FN_INSERT_FOOTER d5 Показує нижній колонтитул HTML-документа, якщо колонтитули дозволені на вкладці Формат - Сторінка - Нижній колонтитул.
f .uno%3AFileMenu c2 Ці команди застосовуються до поточного документа, відкривають новий документ, або закривають застосунок.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 7d Це меню містить команди для редагування вмісту поточного документа.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 86 Це меню містить команди для керування відображенням документу на екрані.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu be The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes sections, footnotes, comments, special characters, graphics, and objects from other applications.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 7d Меню містить команди для форматування розмітки та вмісту документа.
4 5780 7d Меню містить команди для форматування розмітки та вмісту документа.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 13c Містить засоби перевірки орфографії, галерею художніх об'єктів, які можна додавати у документ, а також інструменти для налаштування меню і встановлення параметрів програм.
4 5610 6a Містить команди для управління і показу вікон документів.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 6a Містить команди для управління і показу вікон документів.
5 20532 7d Відкриває діалог, де ви можете перетворити поточну таблицю на текст.
18 .uno%3AHeadingRowsRepeat b4 Повторює заголовки таблиці на наступних сторінках, якщо таблиця охоплює більше ніж одну сторінку.
12 .uno%3ASelectTable 2d Вибирає поточну таблицю.
5 20531 7f Відкриває діалог, де ви можете перетворити вибраний текст на таблицю.
19 .uno%3AConvertTextToTable 7f Відкриває діалог, де ви можете перетворити вибраний текст на таблицю.
12 .uno%3ADeleteTable 2d Видаляє поточну таблицю.
5 20529 2d Видаляє поточну таблицю.
5 20520 b4 Повторює заголовки таблиці на наступних сторінках, якщо таблиця охоплює більше ніж одну сторінку.
19 .uno%3AConvertTableToText 7d Відкриває діалог, де ви можете перетворити поточну таблицю на текст.
10 .uno%3ATableMenu ba Відображаються команди для вставки, редагування і видалення таблиці усередині текстового документа.
11 .uno%3AEntireCell 2d Вибирає поточну комірку.
5 20530 2d Вибирає поточну комірку.
5 20515 2d Вибирає поточну таблицю.
b .uno%3AGrow 2d Increases the font size of the selected text.
5 10950 38 Текст вводиться зліва направо.
5 54827 7b Панель форматування містить декілька функцій форматування тексту.
16 .uno%3AParaRightToLeft a4 Текст, що форматується для мови зі складною системою писемності, вводиться справа наліво.
d .uno%3AShrink 2b Reduces the font size of the selected text.
5 10951 a4 Текст, що форматується для мови зі складною системою писемності, вводиться справа наліво.
16 .uno%3AParaLeftToRight 38 Текст вводиться зліва направо.
5 54830 c1 Панель зображення містить функції для форматування та позиціонування виділеного растрового зображення.
5 54828 e3 Панель Таблиця містить потрібні вам функції для роботи із таблицями. Вона з'являється, коли ви переміщаєте курсор у таблицю.
5 54832 117 Панель властивостей графічних об'єктів з'являється, коли вибрано графічний об'єкт, містить функції для редагування і позиціонування графічних об'єктів.
5 54836 122 Панель Маркери і нумерація містить функції для зміни структури нумерованих абзаців, включаючи зміни порядку абзаців і встановлення інших рівнів для абзаців.
11 .uno%3AViewLayout 92 The View Layout icons show from left to right: Single column mode. View mode with pages side by side. Book mode with two pages as in an open book.
15 .uno%3ALanguageStatus 201 Відображає мову вибраного тексту. Натисніть для того, щоб відкрити меню, в якому ви можете вибрати іншу мову для вибраного тексту або для поточного параграфа. Вибирайте "Немає", щоб виокремити текст з перевірки орфографії. Виберіть Додатково, щоб відкрити діалог з більшим вибором.
11 .uno%3AZoomSlider 146 Для відображення наступних сторінок перетягніть повзунок масштабу вліво; для зміни масштабу усередині сторінки і відображення меншої області сторінки перетягніть його управо.
5 20128 92 Панель формул дозволяє створювати і вставляти обчислення в текстовий документ.
14 .uno%3AInsertFormula 92 Панель формул дозволяє створювати і вставляти обчислення в текстовий документ.
5 54829 bf Коли вибирається рамка, панель Кадр надає безліч важливих функцій для її форматування і позиціонування.
5 54831 ef Панель Об'єкт OLE відображається при виборі об'єктів і містить найбільш важливі функції для форматування і позиціонування об'єктів.
5 54835 49 Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object.
a 2568793614 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 1240879631 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 701567491 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567524870 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 701682180 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
46 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3APB_DELETE_REPLACE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2568531481 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 701698564 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567908865 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2568531464 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 33157 136 Скидання змін, внесених на поточній вкладці, до стану на момент відкриття цього діалогового вікна. При закритті діалогового вікна запит про підтвердження не виводиться.
13 HID_SC_FAP_BTN_REF2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 41205 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
5 40975 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
5 41202 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 34325 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
a 2567335438 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567515672 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 39055 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568285708 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34402 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
9 878432869 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
13 HID_SC_FAP_BTN_REF3 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2d SC%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SCDLG_FORMULA%3ARB_REF f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 808899108 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 39056 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
5 34203 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568793618 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34817 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 34322 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2567908867 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 780800520 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 53427 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568285728 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34403 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567089672 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34815 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
a 2567384578 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567319056 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34205 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
a 1401557506 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
5 40972 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 1085657602 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
5 34202 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
13 HID_SC_FAP_BTN_REF1 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 701665796 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568531484 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34818 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
5 34192 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
a 1345966596 54 Скинути змінних значень на типові для $[officename].
9 780816904 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 41185 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
9 808915476 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 780784136 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 700748339 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568531474 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567908866 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567532066 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 1087558147 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2568786436 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 808915481 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 1428722180 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 33882 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
9 956846595 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34572 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
5 34813 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 34405 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
a 2567328260 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567311876 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568285718 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 40974 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
a 1493537386 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 40973 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
5 41204 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
9 701649412 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568531461 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 OFFMGR_PUSHBUTTON_RID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE_PB_BACK 54 Скинути змінних значень на типові для $[officename].
13 HID_SC_FAP_BTN_REF4 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567106101 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
40 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_DELABBREV 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 34819 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
9 701583875 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34814 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDNEXTORREADY 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2568531471 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 33158 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
a 2567532076 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 41203 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567384577 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567106056 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
44 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_DELDOUBLECAPS 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
4 6543 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
4 6328 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
5 33774 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
5 33958 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
4 6324 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
4 6326 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
4 6542 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
4 6327 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
4 6322 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
5 33368 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
4 5403 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
4 5404 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
4 5962 95 Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through Tools - Options - $[officename] - General - Help Agent.
13 .uno%3AHelperDialog 95 Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through Tools - Options - $[officename] - General - Help Agent.
a 1336399873 8d Sets the quality for the import/export. The value 1 denotes minimum quality and minimal file size, 100 denotes maximum quality and file size.
a 1336393728 43 Defines the settings for the import/export of files in JPEG format.
a 1336394241 46 Specifies whether to export or import a graphic object in a grayscale.
a 1336394242 5d Specifies whether to retain the original colors of the JPEG file when importing or exporting.
a 1337530882 15 Specifies the height.
a 1334614530 15 Specifies the height.
a 1337524224 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
a 1334608386 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1337524737 1a Retains the original size.
a 1337563650 15 Specifies the height.
a 1337563649 14 Specifies the width.
a 1337557505 1a Retains the original size.
a 1337556992 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
a 1337524738 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1334607872 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
a 1334614529 14 Specifies the width.
a 1337530881 14 Specifies the width.
a 1337557506 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1334608385 1a Retains the original size.
19 .uno%3AConvertToTrueColor 52 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colors.
5 27167 52 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colors.
a 1334592515 35 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics
1d .uno%3AConvertTo1BitThreshold 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
5 27164 72 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
5 27161 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo8BitColors 73 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo4BitColors 72 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
a 1334592001 1a Retains the original mode.
a 1334598145 1a Specifies the image width.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo1BitMatrix 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
19 .uno%3AConvertTo8BitGrays 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
a 1334592002 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
a 1334595585 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
5 27163 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
a 1334595073 53 In the Color Resolution list you will find the following color resolution variants:
19 .uno%3AConvertTo4BitGrays 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
5 27162 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
5 27165 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
a 1334598146 1b Specifies the image height.
a 1334591488 3b Defines the import/export settings for files in BMP format.
a 1334592003 38 Allows you modify the image size by a given measurement.
5 27166 73 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
30 VCL%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_INTERLACED 42 Specifies whether to use interlaced mode for saving the GIF image.
a 1337541633 42 Specifies whether to use interlaced mode for saving the GIF image.
31 VCL%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_TRANSLUCENT b6 Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Eyedropper to set the transparent color in the picture.
a 1337541634 b6 Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Eyedropper to set the transparent color in the picture.
22 VCL%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF 5d In the GIF Options dialog, you can select the settings for the export of files in GIF format.
a 1494175242 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
a 1494172685 bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
a 1494175241 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
a 1494175751 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
a 1494172684 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
a 1494175749 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
a 1494697014 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
a 1494697015 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494696449 27 Select the separator used in your data.
a 1494697050 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
a 1494697011 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
a 1494699543 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
a 1494699524 3c Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.
a 1494698040 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494700041 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
a 1494697012 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
a 1494697013 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
a 1494702140 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
a 1494696450 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
a 1494695936 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
a 1087308291 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
a 1087308289 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1087308290 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1087307776 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
a 1336476673 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
a 1336481793 be Specifies the compression setting from 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). The calculation time increases with the compression value, while the resulting file is smaller in bytes.
36 VCL%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPNG%3ANUM_COMPRESSION be Specifies the compression setting from 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). The calculation time increases with the compression value, while the resulting file is smaller in bytes.
31 VCL%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPNG%3ACBX_INTERLACED 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
a 1337656322 6c Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file.
a 1337655814 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
a 1337655809 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
a 1337656321 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
a 1337655811 1a Exports the file in color.
a 1337655812 24 Exports the file in grayscale tones.
a 1337655810 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
a 1337655813 dd LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm invented by Abraham Lempel, Jacob Ziv, and Terry Welch. If you choose to activate this, select the LZW encoding option.
a 1337704961 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
a 1337688578 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
a 1337672194 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
a 1337704962 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
a 1337688577 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
a 1337672193 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
a 1404849667 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
a 1404846601 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
a 1404846602 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
a 1404849669 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
a 1404849671 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
a 1404846603 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
5 33957 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
5 33956 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
5 33960 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
31 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_GALLERY_TITLE%3AEDT_TITLE 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
5 33955 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
5 33959 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
5 33961 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
5 53422 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
5 53420 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
5 53423 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
5 53421 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
5 53413 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
5 53419 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
5 53417 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
9 706627585 1f Displays the name of the theme.
2a SVX_TABPAGE_RID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERY_GENERAL 47 The General tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 34 Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 64 Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). The Presentation Wizard dialog appears.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 92 Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
b slot%3A5500 4d Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 38 Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 34 Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1e Creates a new XForms document.
5 33360 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 1e Creates a new master document.
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1c Creates a new HTML document.
4 5537 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 93 Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 57 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates and Documents.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 33 Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
5 32991 c7 Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click Open. To preview the document, click the Preview button above the box on the right.
5 32996 38 Allows you to preview the selected template or document.
a 1335398923 3b Adds, removes, or rearranges templates or sample documents.
5 32993 28 Moves up one folder level, if available.
5 32995 3e Displays the properties for the selected template or document.
a 1335398924 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
5 32990 ad Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the Templates and Documents dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the Title box.
5 32994 29 Prints the selected template or document.
5 32992 30 Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.
5 21051 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
5 54839 23 Creates a new document for editing.
9 909692434 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
9 909689858 66 Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten.
9 909689354 23 Prints labels on individual sheets.
9 909692428 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
9 909700627 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
9 909692423 55 Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.
9 909689353 22 Prints labels on continuous paper.
9 909692430 eb Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
9 909691395 5a Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.
9 909692421 4b Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.
5 53182 3f Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
9 909711875 8b Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711883 a3 Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711877 c8 Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
a 1446643717 1d Enter or select a label type.
9 909709843 30 Saves the current label or business card format.
9 909711879 6f Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711881 6c Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
a 1446645763 22 Enter or select the desired brand.
9 909711377 5a Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.
5 53185 1d Set paper formatting options.
9 909711885 98 Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711375 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.
9 909726216 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
9 909727749 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.
a 1983500820 71 Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.
9 909722114 32 Prints a single label or  business card on a page.
9 909722635 af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
9 909727751 58 Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.
5 53183 6f Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
9 909722113 31 Creates a full page of  labels or business cards.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2a Design and create your own business cards.
5 21052 2a Design and create your own business cards.
5 54923 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
5 54924 dd Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
5 54922 2b Prints business cards on individual sheets.
5 54921 2a Prints business cards on continuous paper.
5 54918 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
9 879185413 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
9 879216686 21 Enter your home telephone number.
9 879216706 4d Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879216708 4b Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879216693 30 Enter the name of the country in which you live.
9 879216687 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
9 879216691 2c Enter the address of your internet homepage.
9 879216683 23 Enter the title of your profession.
9 879216707 4c Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879233077 3d Enter the name of the country where your business is located.
9 879233083 21 Enter the slogan of your company.
9 879233071 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
9 879233075 36 Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.
9 879233081 21 Enter additional company details.
9 879233070 25 Enter your business telephone number.
a 1334678021 48 Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.
5 33000 3f To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose Rename.
a 1334652427 18 Creates a new directory.
a 1334678020 3c Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.
5 32999 3f To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose Delete.
b .uno%3AOpen 18 Opens or imports a file.
43 SVTOOLS_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_NEWFOLDER 18 Creates a new directory.
5 33290 4b Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.
5 32998 18 Opens or imports a file.
5 33294 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
a 1334652942 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
41 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_STANDARD 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
3b SVTOOLS_MENUBUTTON_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_UP 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
41 svtools_MenuButton_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_STANDARD 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
a 1334678022 23 Click to delete all selected files.
5 33017 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
3e svtools_PushButton_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_LOCAL 1f Opens the selected document(s).
3d SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_BTN_EXPLORERFILE_OPEN 1f Opens the selected document(s).
5 33016 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
5 33286 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
a 1334652943 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
5 33095 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
4 5501 18 Opens or imports a file.
3d SVTOOLS_LISTBOX_DLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE_LB_EXPLORERFILE_FILETYPE 7b Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the directory.
a 1334644259 7b Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the directory.
5 33291 1b Selects the indicated path.
5 33292 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
a 1311477279 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
4 5503 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
4 5505 1b Saves the current document.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
5 33012 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
5 33003 18 Creates a new directory.
5 33002 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
5 33014 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
5 33004 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
5 33009 f Saves the file.
5 33008 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
5 33011 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
5 33007 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
5 33005 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
5 33013 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
4 5502 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
4 5829 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
4 5535 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
9 541181966 ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
9 541182488 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
9 541181962 1f Enter a title for the document.
9 541181964 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
5 33076 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
9 541197361 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
9 541200958 a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
9 541198387 17 Displays the file name.
5 33077 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
5 33078 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
9 541364830 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
9 541214740 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214738 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214736 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 33393 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214742 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 957628416 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
5 53173 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
5 33092 37 Sets the refresh and redirect options for an HTML page.
2f SFX2%3ACOMBOBOX%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3ALB_DEFAULT 6f If the current HTML page uses frames, select the name of the target frame where you want the file to be loaded.
9 541345836 38 Enter the URL address of the file that you want to open.
9 541344319 24 User must refresh the page manually.
9 541344321 5c Loads a page that you specify after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box.
9 541349955 40 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the page is reloaded.
9 541349958 57 Enter the number of seconds to wait before redirecting the browser to a different file.
9 541348426 3b Locate the file that you want to open, and then click Open.
9 541347913 6f If the current HTML page uses frames, select the name of the target frame where you want the file to be loaded.
9 541344320 87 Reloads the HTML page after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box. To observe the result, open the page in a browser.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
5 33103 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107415555 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
10 .uno%3AOrganizer 63 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize templates and define default templates.
5 33168 20 Creates a new template category.
4 5540 63 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize templates and define default templates.
5 33172 1e Exports the selected template.
5 33104 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107415556 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
5 33173 47 Prints the name and properties of the styles that are used in the file.
a 1107414530 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
5 33174 3f Changes the printer and its settings for the selected document.
5 33361 71 Uses the selected template as the default template when you create a new $[officename] document of the same type.
5 33175 22 Updates the contents of the lists.
5 33362 5c Select a $[officename] document type to reset the default template to the original template.
a 1107414539 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
a 1107423337 48 Contains commands for managing and editing your templates and documents.
5 33170 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
5 33171 96 Imports an additional template. To import a template, select a template folder in the list, click the Command button, and then select Import template.
5 33169 1e Deletes the current selection.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
5 32997 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
a 1336446982 2c Select the data table for your address book.
a 1336446979 2d Select the data source for your address book.
a 1336447492 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
4 6655 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
a 1107396615 1e Enter a name for the template.
a 1107399188 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
a 1107398148 28 Lists the available template categories.
a 1107399180 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
4 5538 29 Saves the current document as a template.
a 1107398146 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
4 5594 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1338786326 85 Enables the selected sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
a 1338786859 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
a 1338786325 7c Enables all sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
a 1338786829 67 Prints to a file instead of to a printer. Select this box, and then choose a location to save the file.
a 1338790403 24 Opens the printer properties dialog.
a 1104006661 45 For handouts, select the number of slides to print per page of paper.
a 1104003591 3a For handouts, enable to print in a horizontal order first.
a 1338786336 38 Prints only the pages that you specify in the Pages box.
a 1104006659 45 Select whether you want to print Slides, Handouts, Notes, or Outline.
a 1338774033 36 Changes the printer settings for the current document.
a 1338789378 ab Lists the default printer for the current document. The information for the printer is displayed below this box. If you select another printer, the information is updated.
a 1104003592 38 For handouts, enable to print in a vertical order first.
a 1338790454 36 Changes the printer settings for the current document.
a 1338786327 84 Enables the selected cells to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
a 1338786338 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
4 5504 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1338786335 1b Prints the entire document.
a 1338791978 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
a 1338787873 c7 To print a range of pages, use the format 3-6. To print single pages, use the format 7;9;11. If you want, you can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using the format 3-6;8;10;12.
a 1338769408 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
4 5302 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
a 1338774019 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
a 1338772994 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
13 .uno%3APrinterSetup 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
4 5331 e9 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used. If the document is new and unsaved, the format specified in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General is used.
f .uno%3ASendMail e9 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used. If the document is new and unsaved, the format specified in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General is used.
5 54932 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 54930 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 33006 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
5 54929 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 20004 b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
4 5300 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
4 5309 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
a 1112691206 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
a 1112686592 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112691205 1d Deletes the selected version.
a 1112691213 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
a 1112691202 a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
4 6583 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112687619 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
a 1112705550 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
a 1112691217 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
4 6697 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33948 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
4 5701 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33949 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
4 5700 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
4 5702 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
4 5710 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
4 5711 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
5 59001 a6 Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the format.
c .uno%3APaste a6 Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the format.
4 5712 a6 Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the format.
5 26220 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493435418 0 
5 27003 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
5 34868 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
a 1493435433 0 
a 1598049799 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
a 1493435416 0 
a 1493434911 0 
a 1493434909 0 
5 26265 0 
30 SO3%3ALISTBOX%3AMD_PASTE_OBJECT%3ALB_INSERT_LIST 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
23 SO3%3AMODALDIALOG%3AMD_PASTE_OBJECT 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
15 .uno%3AInsertContents 0 
a 1493435425 0 
a 1493435426 0 
a 1493435427 0 
a 1493435413 0 
a 1493435417 0 
5 20114 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493434917 0 
a 1493434908 0 
a 1493435412 0 
15 .uno%3APasteClipboard 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493434907 0 
a 1493434910 0 
a 1493434918 0 
a 1493435415 0 
a 1493434919 0 
a 1493435414 0 
4 5723 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
4 5720 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
a 2311655959 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
32 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_VALUES 56 Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.
a 1368769545 a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
a 2311652394 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
33 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_COLUMNS 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
30 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ROWS 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
4 5961 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311655435 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
31 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_NOTES 5c Searches for the characters that you specify in the comments that are attached to the cells.
a 1368773123 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
a 2311655988 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
a 2311652400 a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
31 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_ALLTABLES 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
a 2311655960 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
a 2311652393 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
a 2311655985 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
a 2311652378 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_REGEXP 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
a 2311655440 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
a 2311652377 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
17 .uno%3ASearchProperties 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
5 10291 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311652399 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
32 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_BACKWARDS 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
a 2311654924 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
a 2311651897 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
34 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMULAS 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
2a svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH_BTN_LAYOUTS cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
a 2311652411 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
a 2311652398 cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
2e SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_CELLS 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
a 2311652395 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
a 1368769544 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
3b SVX%3AMULTILINEEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3AED_SEARCH_FORMATS 3b Search options are listed in the Options area of the dialog
a 2311654967 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
a 2311664159 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
a 2311655957 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
a 2311655956 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311654929 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
3c SVX%3AMULTILINEEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3AED_REPLACE_FORMATS 41 Replacement options are listed in the Options area of the dialog.
a 2311651898 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
33 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_SELECTIONS 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
a 1237959695 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
a 2311655981 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
a 2311652396 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 1237964819 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
5 38190 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 1237964821 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
a 1237964817 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
5 38189 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 2311655986 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
5 33820 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
5 33883 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
a 2311655987 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
a 2311655987 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
5 53016 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
5 53029 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
5 53023 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53015 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
5 53017 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
5 53032 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
5 53013 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
5 53012 b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
5 53034 12 Updates all links.
5 53030 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
5 53031 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
5 53075 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
5 53024 b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
5 53025 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
5 53020 b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
5 53033 14 Updates all indexes.
5 53014 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53026 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
5 53035 15 Updates all contents.
5 53022 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
a 1598067237 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
a 1598063147 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
a 1598063146 d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
a 1598067235 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
5 34869 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 20109 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
a 1598067238 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
5 27005 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
27 SO3%3AMODALDIALOG%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 26060 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
2a SO3%3AEDIT%3AMD_DDE_LINKEDIT%3AED_DDE_ITEM 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
2b SO3%3AEDIT%3AMD_DDE_LINKEDIT%3AED_DDE_TOPIC 22 Lists the path to the source file.
29 SO3%3AEDIT%3AMD_DDE_LINKEDIT%3AED_DDE_APP 36 Lists the application that last saved the source file.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
4 6314 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
4 5575 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
5 27282 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
3a SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
a 1598210575 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
a 1598214663 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
a 1598210580 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_URL a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
a 1598216200 dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ABT_FILEOPEN 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
a 1598210578 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
39 SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
3c SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINWIDTHDEFAULT 1c Applies the default spacing.
2f SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_FRAMENAME 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
38 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598210573 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598216202 e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
3d SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 1c Applies the default spacing.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598212102 a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
a 1598210574 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598212100 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
a 1598211094 1c Applies the default spacing.
23 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
a 2318700545 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
5 10371 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33940 b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
15 .uno%3AImageMapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33936 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
5 33937 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33943 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33941 b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33939 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
5 33952 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
a 2318698497 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
5 33947 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
5 33942 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33950 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
5 33945 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
5 33944 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
26 SVX%3AFLOATINGWINDOW%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAP 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33982 0 
5 33938 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33951 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
5 33946 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
a 1244989441 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
a 1244989956 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
a 1244989443 1b Enter a name for the image.
a 1244987392 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
a 1244989442 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
a 1244991489 a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
5 26238 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
5 21825 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 26084 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 58946 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 26239 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 21826 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 21827 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26259 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 34045 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26258 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 21829 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
1b .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 34025 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 34022 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
5 53052 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
5 53053 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
5 58988 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
5 58989 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
5 21837 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 58990 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 21838 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 53050 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
5 34063 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 58985 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
5 34024 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 58986 23 Lists the user who made the change.
5 53051 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
5 34027 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 58987 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
5 34023 b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
5 53056 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 34026 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 34020 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 34014 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 34015 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 34019 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 34021 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 34010 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 34062 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 34009 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 34061 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 34012 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 34008 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 34043 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 34016 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
5 34018 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 34011 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 34013 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
a 2568973840 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
a 2569006604 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 34017 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
4 6587 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
4 6586 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_SCHOOL a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 38198 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1c .uno%3ABibliographyComponent 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_EDITION a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_ANNOTE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_JOURNAL a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
23 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_NOTE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34775 a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
5 38196 24 Go to the first record in the table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
2c BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_AUTHORITYTYPE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34789 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_ISBN a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 38201 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
5 34805 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
29 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_REPORTTYPE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
5 34777 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
2b BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_HOWPUBLISHED a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
29 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_IDENTIFIER a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34787 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
22 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_URL a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34781 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_ADDRESS a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34779 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34791 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_TITLE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 38197 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
24 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_MONTH a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CUSTOM4 a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34788 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
2c BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_ORGANIZATIONS a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_EDITOR a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34783 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 1b Deletes the current record.
5 34770 bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CHAPTER a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34782 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34799 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34794 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 47 To display all of the records in a table, click the Remove Filter icon.
28 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_PUBLISHER a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 38199 23 Go to the last record in the table.
5 34796 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CUSTOM3 a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_VOLUME a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34798 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34774 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
5 10880 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
2a BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_INSTITUTION a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34795 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 10610 1c Deletes the selected record.
28 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_BOOKTITLE a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34778 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34780 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34792 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CUSTOM2 a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34776 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 38200 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_NUMBER a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
23 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_YEAR a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34786 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34784 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34793 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CUSTOM1 a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
24 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_PAGES a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34797 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_AUTHOR a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
25 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_SERIES a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
5 34785 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
26 BIB_LISTBOX_RID_DLG_MAPPING_LB_CUSTOM5 a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
5 34790 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 34032 31 Displays the document at half of its actual size.
a 1237582352 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
2c SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_50 31 Displays the document at half of its actual size.
5 30264 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 34033 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
a 1237582358 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
a 1237582874 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
2d SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_150 3e Displays the document at one and a half times its actual size.
a 1237588505 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
a 1237582351 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
a 1237588500 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
a 1237582360 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
5 34031 30 Displays the document at 75% of its actual size.
2d SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_200 33 Displays the document at two times its actual size.
5 34028 33 Displays the document at two times its actual size.
a 1237582359 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
a 1237582354 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
a 1237588500 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 34034 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
a 1237582355 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 34029 3e Displays the document at one and a half times its actual size.
a 1237582353 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
2c SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_75 30 Displays the document at 75% of its actual size.
a 1237582355 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 34035 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
5 34030 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
5 10000 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
4 6680 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
4 5920 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
4 5931 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
5 33150 7d In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys CommandCtrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
4 5627 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
30 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 2a Rejects the deletion for the current file.
28 SFX2%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE 21 Confirms or cancels the deletion.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 2c Performs the deletion in all selected files.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 2a Performs the deletion in the current file.
5 10417 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
5 33887 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
4 6698 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
5 22500 1b Delete the current comment.
5 22501 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
5 26276 12 Inserts a comment.
5 22502 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 11094 1b Delete the current comment.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 12 Inserts a comment.
5 26478 1b Delete the current comment.
5 11097 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 11100 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
5 10330 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
5 10331 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
5 10332 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
a 1237749279 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
5 33876 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
5 10503 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a SID_BULLET 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a 1237750292 4b Clears the current selection of special characters that you want to insert.
a 1237749260 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
16 .uno%3AInsertHyperlink 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 10360 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 33344 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
5 10241 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
5 33345 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33970 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
5 33971 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33018 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 62 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Movie and Sound instead.
4 5561 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
3c SO3%3ARADIOBUTTON%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT%3ARB_OBJECT_FROMFILE 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
2e SO3%3AEDIT%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT%3AED_FILEPATH 5f Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search, to locate the file.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
37 SO3%3ARADIOBUTTON%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT%3ARB_NEW_OBJECT 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
27 SO3%3AMODALDIALOG%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
2c so3_CheckBox_MD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT_CB_FILELINK a2 Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.
33 SO3%3ALISTBOX%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT%3ALB_OBJECTTYPE 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
35 SO3%3APUSHBUTTON%3AMD_INSERT_OLEOBJECT%3ABTN_FILEPATH 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
2b SO3%3AMODALDIALOG%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_PLUGIN 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
31 SO3%3AEDIT%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_PLUGIN%3AED_FILEURL 63 Enter the URL for the plug-in or click Browse, and then locate the plug-in that you want to insert.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
42 SO3%3AMULTILINEEDIT%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_PLUGIN%3AED_PLUGINS_OPTIONS 4d Enter the parameters for the plug-in using the format parameter1="some text".
38 SO3%3APUSHBUTTON%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_PLUGIN%3ABTN_FILEURL 40 Locate the plug-in that you want to insert, and then click Open.
4 5672 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
4 5676 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
4 5677 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
5 26063 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
5 27106 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
4 5563 c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
5 26335 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
4 6660 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26296 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 20469 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26067 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 10456 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 10296 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
9 704630888 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704630390 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704631208 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630896 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630400 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636844 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630906 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704631210 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704636532 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630380 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636542 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704636522 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630702 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704630898 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
5 34160 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
9 704630886 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630908 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704646886 25 Select the color for the underlining.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
9 704644817 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
5 10017 d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704644327 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
9 704646861 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
9 704646880 24 Select the color for the overlining.
9 704644816 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
9 704646882 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
c .uno%3AColor d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

5 34161 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
9 704646878 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
10 .uno%3AFontColor d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704646884 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
9 704646858 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
9 704646900 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
9 704630414 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
9 704646898 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
5 10537 d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704646863 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701384732 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
9 701386273 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
5 33916 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
5 20445 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701383705 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
9 701388824 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
9 701383706 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
9 701383715 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
9 701386253 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
9 701386249 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
5 33786 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701384718 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
9 701388822 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
5 34003 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
5 33917 23 Deletes the selected number format.
5 34004 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
5 20314 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878364738 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 878367291 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
5 53190 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878367292 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
9 878366264 bf Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 878364724 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
9 878364736 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878366781 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
9 878366266 c1 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 704660804 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
9 704660270 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
9 704666417 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
5 34162 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
9 704666420 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
9 704666435 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
5 10294 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
9 704660786 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
9 704660271 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
5 10295 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
9 704666428 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
9 704660269 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
9 704663361 b2 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. For expanded or condensed spacing, enter the amount that you want to expand or condense the text in the by box.
9 704677265 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
9 704679838 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704679836 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704726532 ef Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line. To edit the list of restricted characters, choose Tools - Options - Language Settings - Asian Layout.
9 704726530 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
9 704726535 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
5 10297 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
4 5550 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
9 700815915 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
9 700812840 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
5 33793 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
9 700815893 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
9 700815914 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
9 700815885 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
9 700815895 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
9 700815883 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
9 700815887 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
9 700810288 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
9 700745756 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
9 700748338 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
9 700745773 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700744216 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
9 700744233 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
9 700744232 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
9 700748340 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
9 700744218 63 Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
9 700753418 fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
9 700744235 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700744236 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700744234 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
9 700744212 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
5 33782 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
9 700744214 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
9 700799522 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
9 700793915 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
9 700799544 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
9 700796438 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
9 700796452 1e Select a color for the shadow.
5 33875 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
9 700799542 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
9 700796437 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
5 33874 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
9 700799540 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
9 700799546 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
5 33783 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
9 700727833 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
9 700727835 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
9 700728343 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
9 700730912 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700730881 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
9 700731924 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
9 700733988 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700727834 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
5 34186 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
9 700728342 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
5 33871 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
5 33868 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
9 700730914 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
5 33784 24 Set the background color or graphic.
36 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_TEXTDIRECTION 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 877874749 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703778396 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 878218796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775795 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775263 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
9 703778354 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775265 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
5 33795 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
9 703775264 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
9 703775262 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
9 704616974 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704616979 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704610840 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
9 704610839 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
9 704616980 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
9 704616975 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
9 704616976 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 704616977 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 704616981 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 704614934 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
9 704616978 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 541248011 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
9 541249032 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
5 33074 27 Set the options for the selected style.
9 541249030 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
9 541247490 a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
9 541246476 b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
9 541249028 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
9 701127181 e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
9 701121606 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
5 33788 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
9 701121607 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
9 701124126 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
9 701121076 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
9 701124154 ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
9 701127222 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
9 701121075 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
9 701124146 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
9 701127224 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
9 701121608 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
9 701121596 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
9 701124126 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
9 701127179 e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
9 701124116 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
9 701124158 dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
9 701124132 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
9 701121596 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
9 701124116 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
9 701127183 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
9 701127185 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
9 701159950 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
9 701159948 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
9 701154324 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
5 58908 18 Add or edit header text.
9 701154319 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
9 701157928 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
9 701154326 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
9 701159953 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
5 33789 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701154314 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
9 701159955 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
9 701137930 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
9 701143569 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
5 33790 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701137942 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
9 701137935 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
9 701137940 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
9 701143564 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
9 701143571 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
9 701143566 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
9 701141544 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
5 58909 18 Add or edit footer text.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 82 Changes the case of the selected characters, or if the cursor is in a word, changes the case of all of the characters in the word.
5 10916 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
5 10912 3a Changes the selected western characters to capital letters
5 10915 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
5 10917 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
5 10913 3d Changes the selected western characters to lowercase letters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 3a Changes the selected western characters to capital letters
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 3d Changes the selected western characters to lowercase letters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
5 10914 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
a 2315374103 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315374083 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315372554 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315375108 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315374105 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
4 6656 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315372559 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372558 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372560 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372561 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372556 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315372555 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315372557 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
5 20475 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 26371 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 10131 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
5 20477 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
5 10132 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20476 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 10133 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20478 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
5 10134 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
5 20480 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
5 10135 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 20479 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 10136 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
5 10028 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
5 10029 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
5 10030 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
5 10031 cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
5 20506 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
25 SW_IMAGERADIOBUTTON_DLG_SPLIT_RB_VERT 63 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the Split cell into box.
22 SW_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_SPLIT_ED_COUNT 55 Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into.
1d SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SPLIT_CB_PROP 27 Splits cells into rows of equal height.
5 20505 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
25 SW_IMAGERADIOBUTTON_DLG_SPLIT_RB_HORZ 60 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the Split cell into box.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
5 20585 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
5 20586 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
5 20587 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
5 10009 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
5 10008 a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
5 26648 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
5 10014 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
5 10013 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
5 10010 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
5 20583 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
5 10034 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
5 10035 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
5 10036 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
5 20582 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
a 1111805953 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
4 5555 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
a 1425344513 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
5 27027 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 59896 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
5 53076 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
10 .uno%3ANameGroup 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 21614 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 26088 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
a 1238632450 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
a 1238681603 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
5 26094 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 27033 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
a 1238682116 e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
5 21615 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 10143 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
9 701553175 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
9 701548036 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
9 701547544 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
9 701550084 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
5 10172 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701553155 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
9 701550081 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701550083 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701547521 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
5 10171 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
5 33802 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701553153 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701553154 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
5 10169 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701553157 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
9 701558810 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
9 701550082 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701548037 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
9 701553174 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
9 701566465 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701569026 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701569539 1d Enter the length of the dash.
9 701569540 1d Enter the length of the dash.
a 1238599681 24 Enter a name for the new line style.
9 701567489 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
9 701569025 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701574662 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
5 33803 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
9 701567490 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
9 701574661 1e Imports a list of line styles.
9 701566466 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
9 701563905 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
9 701569537 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
9 701566467 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701582849 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
5 33804 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
9 701581313 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
9 701591045 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
9 701583873 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
9 701591046 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
9 701583874 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
5 10142 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
9 701634561 4a Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
9 701629955 5d Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
9 701632004 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
33 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ARBT_GRADIENT 47 Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.
9 701632022 57 Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
9 701632003 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701629957 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
31 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ARBT_BITMAP bf Fills the selected object with the bitmap pattern that you click in the list. To add a bitmap to the list, open this dialog in %PRODUCTNAME Draw, click the Bitmaps tab, and then click Import.
2d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_AREA_RBT_FILL_OFF 61 Does not apply a fill to the selected object. If the object contains a fill, the fill is removed.
9 701629956 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
9 701632002 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701635074 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
5 10164 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
2a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_AREA_RBT_HATCH c9 Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the Background color box, and then click a color in the list.
9 701628935 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
9 701629958 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
5 33798 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
9 701628934 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
9 701635075 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
30 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ARBT_COLOR 44 Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.
9 701629953 fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
9 701632001 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701635077 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
9 701635073 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
9 701635076 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
9 701629461 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
9 701681156 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
9 701684227 c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701684228 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
9 701684229 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
9 701681154 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
9 701682179 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
9 701682177 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
5 33801 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
9 701684226 cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701681153 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
9 701689349 23 Load a different list of gradients.
9 701684230 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701684225 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
9 701689350 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
9 701681155 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
5 33799 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
9 701649409 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
9 701656581 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
9 701648388 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
9 701648387 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
9 701651459 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
9 701651457 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
9 701649411 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
9 701656582 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
5 33991 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
9 701648385 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
9 701664772 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
9 701665794 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
9 701672965 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
9 701665795 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
5 33800 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
9 701672966 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
9 701664769 54 Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
9 701665793 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
9 701664771 32 Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.
5 10299 c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701713930 1e Select a color for the shadow.
9 701717003 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
9 701711874 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
5 33990 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
5 33805 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
9 701716993 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701602311 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
9 701602308 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
9 701602309 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
9 701602312 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701596168 1d Turns off color transparency.
9 701596169 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701602310 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
9 701602314 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
9 701602313 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701596170 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
9 701599235 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
5 33854 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219207 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
9 703219202 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703224324 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
9 703219206 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
5 33884 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
9 703224321 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
9 703219201 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703219203 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
9 703224322 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
9 703224323 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
5 27281 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219205 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
9 703219204 41 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing or text object.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
5 10087 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
9 702139939 0 
9 702137366 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
9 702137869 39 Resizes the text to fit the width of the selected object.
9 702142983 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702142994 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
5 33993 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
9 702142984 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702137868 3a Resizes the text to fit the height of the selected object.
9 702137901 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
9 702137902 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
9 702142993 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
9 702139944 0 
5 33992 f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
9 701504008 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
5 33995 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
5 33994 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
5 33780 1c Rotates the selected object.
9 701504007 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
9 701504019 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
9 701520413 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
5 33781 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
9 701520403 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
9 703169537 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
5 34002 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703172098 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
9 703172099 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
9 703175169 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
9 703172097 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703175170 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
9 703175171 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
5 27034 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 26065 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 27035 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
5 26066 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
5 27022 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
5 10286 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 27031 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 20522 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 27032 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 20523 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 10287 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
5 10283 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
5 10282 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
5 20350 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
5 26410 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
5 20351 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
5 26411 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
5 20366 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
5 20384 c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
5 10126 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
5 33914 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
a 3386595844 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
a 3386595843 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
a 3386595841 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
5 33879 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
5 33904 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
5 10256 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
5 33903 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
5 33901 1c Removes baseline formatting.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
5 33912 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
5 33906 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
5 33905 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
5 33907 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
5 33902 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
a 3386595842 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
5 33908 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
5 33911 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
5 33913 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
5 33915 a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
a 3386592769 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
5 33909 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
5 33910 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
d FN_TOOL_GROUP 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
5 10454 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
f FN_TOOL_UNGROUP 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
5 10455 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
5 27096 a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
5 27097 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
9 703737345 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
9 703725568 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
9 703731713 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
9 703737347 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
9 703727108 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
9 703727105 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
9 703732226 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
9 703729153 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
9 703737348 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
9 703727106 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
9 703737346 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
9 703732225 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
9 703727107 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
9 703727109 c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
10 .uno%3ARowHeight 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
a 1494948353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
a 1388452353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
5 26281 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
5 38832 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
a 1388446722 3f Automatically adjusts the row height based on the current font.
a 1494942721 3f Automatically adjusts the row height based on the current font.
a 1494915585 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
12 .uno%3AColumnWidth 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1388463106 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
5 26285 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1494909953 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
5 38830 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1388468737 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
9 702189068 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
9 702187053 aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
9 702189072 51 Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
5 33785 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
9 702192142 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
5 34006 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
9 702191640 a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
9 702187029 17 Aligns text vertically.
9 702187050 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
9 702187035 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
5 34005 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
9 702187049 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
5 38831 1c Formats the selected row(s).
5 38829 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
5 10644 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
a 3388496418 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388495899 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
a 3388501544 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
a 3388501548 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
a 3388501546 19 Inverts the light source.
a 3388501506 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
a 3388495897 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388501545 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
a 3388496414 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
a 3388496416 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
a 3388501542 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
a 3388501543 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
a 3388496420 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
a 3388501507 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
a 3388501551 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
a 3388496433 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
a 3388493358 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
a 3388496438 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
a 3388496436 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
a 3388501566 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388493380 2c Select a color for the current light source.
a 3388501569 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501571 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388493390 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
a 3388501568 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501567 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501564 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501565 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501508 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
a 3388501570 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501580 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
a 3388501604 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501599 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
a 3388501598 24 Applies the texture without shading.
a 3388501610 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
a 3388501509 135 Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface textures to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command), and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
a 3388501596 1e Converts the texture to color.
a 3388501595 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
a 3388501602 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
a 3388501606 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
a 3388501603 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501607 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501608 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501624 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
a 3388493428 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
a 3388493425 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
a 3388501510 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
a 3388493431 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388501618 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
a 3388493437 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
a 3388501621 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388496506 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
9 704578056 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578051 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
4 5683 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578054 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578050 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
9 704578053 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578059 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578057 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578060 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578052 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578058 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
a 2311852590 69 Click to undo the last step of your spellcheck session. Click again to undo the previous step, and so on.
31 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_BTN_AUTOCORR 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
a 2311849014 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
38 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ABTN_CHANGEALL 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
a 2311850530 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
a 2311852586 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
38 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ABTN_IGNOREALL 63 Skips all occurrences of the unknown word in the entire document and continues with the spellcheck.
a 2311860263 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
a 2311851552 80 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Change or Change All.
35 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ABTN_IGNORE 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
5 40076 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
2c SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_LB_NEWWORD 80 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Change or Change All.
5 39885 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
5 39886 63 Skips all occurrences of the unknown word in the entire document and continues with the spellcheck.
30 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_BTN_OPTIONS 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
5 39888 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
a 2311851556 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
a 2311852588 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
35 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ABTN_CHANGE 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
2c SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_BTN_ADD 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
5 39887 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8d Translates the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is translated.
5 11016 8d Translates the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is translated.
a 1238093330 6c Select the meaning that matches the context of the current word, and then select a word in the Synonym list.
a 1238094348 30 Specifies the language to use for the thesaurus.
a 1238094350 53 Searches the thesaurus for the best match of the word selected in the Synonym list.
a 1238208010 4e Select the language that you want to use for the thesaurus, and then click OK.
a 1238093332 9d Lists the words associated with the category that you selected in the Meaning list. Select the word that you want to use as a replacement, and then click OK.
16 .uno%3AThesaurusDialog 3c Replaces the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
a 1238091798 85 Displays a suggested replacement for the current word. You can also type a new word in this box, or click a word in the Synonym list.
5 10245 3c Replaces the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
a 1238093328 45 Displays the current selection, or the word that contains the cursor.
5 20603 3c Replaces the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 3c Replaces the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
a 3391947779 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
5 33872 ab Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the eyedropper, and then click a color in the selected image.
a 3391947780 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
5 33898 8d Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
a 3391950341 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
a 3391947777 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391951361 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
5 10350 5b Opens the eyedropper dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
a 3391947781 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
a 3391947778 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391953412 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391950337 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391950338 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391950340 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391950339 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391953410 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391953411 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391953409 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
5 33873 a1 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the eyedropper tool is selected.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5b Opens the eyedropper dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
5 10424 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
5 35075 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
5 35074 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
5 35076 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
5 35029 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
3f OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3ACB_TEXT_ONLY 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
5 35032 12f Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
9 808895522 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
5 35030 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
37 OFFMGR%3AEDIT%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3AED_SHORT 47 Enter the word or abbreviation that you want to replace while you type.
9 808899107 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
39 OFFMGR%3AEDIT%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3AED_REPLACE f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
9 808896544 f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
9 808896543 47 Enter the word or abbreviation that you want to replace while you type.
43 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3APB_NEW_REPLACE 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
9 808915480 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
9 808914450 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
9 808915475 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
9 808911915 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
3c OFFMGR%3AEDIT%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3AED_DOUBLE_CAPS ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
37 OFFMGR%3AEDIT%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3AED_ABBREV d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
44 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_NEWDOUBLECAPS 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
5 35091 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
9 808914455 b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
3f OFFMGR%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ALB_DOUBLE_CAPS b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
9 808911916 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
40 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_NEWABBREV 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
5 35031 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
9 808912918 ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
3f OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ACB_AUTOABBREV 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
3a OFFMGR%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ALB_ABBREV 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
3d OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ACB_AUTOCAPS 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
9 808912913 d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
9 808993803 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
3d OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_STD 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
3d OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_DBL_STD 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
9 808997391 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 808997424 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
3e OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_ENDQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 808997422 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 808997425 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
40 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_STARTQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 808997426 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
42 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_ENDQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
3c OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3ACB_SGL_TYPO 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
38 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3ACB_TYPO 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
9 808993849 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
44 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_STARTQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 808997389 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
5 53437 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
5 53432 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
5 53434 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
5 34067 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 53433 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 34068 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 53431 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 34065 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
5 53430 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
5 34066 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
5 53438 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
9 809162881 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
45 OFFMGR%3AMULTILISTBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ALB_ENTRIES ea Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, select "When closing a document, save the list for later use in other documents".
9 809159812 ea Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, select "When closing a document, save the list for later use in other documents".
41 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_COLLECT 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
3f OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_ACTIV 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
9 809157753 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
9 809157756 f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
9 809157757 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
9 809161349 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
9 809157754 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
40 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_AS_TIP 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
9 809160323 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
49 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ANF_MIN_WORDLEN 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
9 809157755 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
49 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ANF_MAX_ENTRIES 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
3d OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS_CB_KEEP_LIST f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
9 809162880 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
43 OFFMGR%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3APB_ENTRIES 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
40 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS_CB_APPEND_SPACE 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
44 OFFMGR%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ADCB_EXPAND_KEY 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
9 809256156 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
9 809259743 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
5 20121 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 10156 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 34050 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
5 34049 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
5 34051 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
9 704283872 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
5 34052 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
9 704305323 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704302760 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704301216 a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
9 704302750 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
9 704305321 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704301212 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
9 704302783 2f Select a color for the current numbering style.
9 704311480 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
9 704303789 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
9 704305845 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
9 704302775 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
9 704300209 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
9 704305857 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
9 704302232 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
9 704305843 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
9 878842381 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 878841356 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878840834 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 704316601 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 704320187 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 878844424 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 704322307 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
9 704322305 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
9 704322212 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704318616 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 878838790 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 704319231 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 704322214 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 878844424 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 878844421 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 704322301 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
9 704319027 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878844426 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704322210 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 704319227 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
9 780784134 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
9 780816903 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
5 63547 26 Lists the existing macros and dialogs.
a 1317865477 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
9 780799500 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
5 63544 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
5 63548 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
9 780784132 2f Opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
a 1317868044 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
9 780816900 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
9 780800523 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
a 1241813509 15 Creates a new script.
a 1317734441 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
a 1317868043 74 Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
a 1317868051 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
a 1317868040 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
a 1317868045 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
5 63545 a5 Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
a 1241813511 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
a 1317868052 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
5 40011 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
a 1241813512 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
a 1241813510 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
9 780800522 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
9 780800516 51 Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.
4 5959 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
24 svx%3AEdit%3ADLG_NEWLIB%3AED_LIBNAME 1c Enter a name for the script.
a 1317868042 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
9 780784135 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
9 780800521 16 Creates a new library.
a 1241813507 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
4 6692 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
4 6704 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
4 6671 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
4 6669 14 Records a new macro.
5 33824 2e Protects the selected library with a password.
a 1239894037 2e Enter a new password for the selected library.
a 1239894039 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
a 1239894027 34 Enter the current password for the selected library.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
4 6690 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
a 1317700643 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
5 63549 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
a 1317700644 43 Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
16 .uno%3AConfigureDialog 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5907 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5904 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
9 705498935 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
f HID_CONFIG_MENU 6b Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.
9 705507642 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
2b SFX2_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_CONFIG_MENU_BTN_MN_DOWN 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
9 705498948 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
29 SFX2_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_CONFIG_MENU_BTN_MN_UP 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
9 705499974 ad Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select the command that you want to add to the menu, and then click Add. You can also drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
9 705499960 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
16 HID_MENUCONFIG_LISTBOX 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
9 705507646 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
5 40078 be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
2e SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_ACCEL%3ABTN_LOAD 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
2a SFX2_RADIOBUTTON_TP_CONFIG_ACCEL_RB_OFFICE 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_ACCEL%3ABTN_ACC_CHANGE 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
2e SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_ACCEL%3ABTN_SAVE 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
2a SFX2_RADIOBUTTON_TP_CONFIG_ACCEL_RB_MODULE 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_ACCEL%3ABTN_ACC_REMOVE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2e SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ATP_CONFIG_ACCEL%3ABOX_ACC_KEY 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
5 40080 dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
5 40079 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
29 sfx2_PushButton_TP_CONFIG_ACCEL_BTN_RESET 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
5 40077 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
5 40050 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
5 40051 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
5 40041 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
5 40052 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
5 40042 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
29 svx_PushButton_MD_ICONSELECTOR_BTN_REMOVE 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
a 1080136589 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_ASSIGN 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
10 HID_CONFIG_EVENT 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
9 705548803 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
9 705547787 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 705548802 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
5 40000 b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_DELETE 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
5 64055 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
5 64051 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
5 64057 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64053 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
5 64052 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
5 10958 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 64058 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64054 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 64059 12 Closes the dialog.
5 64056 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
5 64061 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
5 64065 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
5 64064 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
5 64066 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
5 64067 1b Enter a comment (optional).
5 64063 5a Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
5 64073 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
5 64087 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64072 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64074 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64070 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64069 6e If you want, enter the public or system identifier of the DTD (Document Type Definition) that you want to use.
5 64075 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
5 64068 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
5 64071 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
5 64078 d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64090 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64082 8f Opens the XML Filter output window, where the XML source of the selected document is displayed. The document is used to test the import filter.
5 64080 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64081 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64085 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
5 64083 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
5 64077 93 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64084 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
5 64088 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
5 64050 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
5 64089 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
a 1237598724 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
a 1237599235 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
a 1237598726 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
5 39889 12 Closes the dialog.
a 1237599234 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
5 39993 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
a 1237598722 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
5 40038 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 34074 1f Displays the current selection.
a 1237602817 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
5 39895 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
a 1237598721 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
5 39891 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
5 39893 aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
a 1237599233 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
a 1237598725 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
a 1237598723 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
a 1237598727 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
5 10959 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
5 39890 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
5 40040 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 40039 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 39892 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
5 39994 ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
a 1237651969 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
a 1237648387 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
a 1237651970 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
a 1237648385 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
a 1237651971 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
3c svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3ACB_AUTOCLOSE 70 Closes the Hangul/Hanja Conversion dialog box after you click Ignore, Always Ignore, Replace, or Always Replace.
a 1237682177 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
a 1237648388 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
a 1237667842 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
a 1237667329 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
a 1237668353 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
a 1237665793 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237668354 1b Deletes the selected entry.
a 1237665794 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
41 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3ACB_REPLACEBYCHAR 54 Converts the text on a character by character basis and not on a word by word basis.
a 1237665796 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237665795 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
5 10243 19 Checks spelling manually.
4 5620 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
4 6537 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
a 1336459781 63 Permanently hides the Registration dialog. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
9 586088966 36 Hides the Registration dialog for the next seven days.
9 586088965 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
5 42777 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
9 586088967 63 Permanently hides the Registration dialog. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
a 1336459779 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
a 1336459780 36 Hides the Registration dialog for the next seven days.
1c .uno%3AOnlineRegistrationDlg 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
1e HID_XMLSEC_INFO_WRONGDOCFORMAT 61 You must save a file in OpenDocument format before you can apply a digital signature to the file.
9 541200975 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
4 6643 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
5 43081 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
a 1090130434 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
a 1090130435 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
a 1090130487 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
1f HID_XMLSEC_QUERY_SAVEBEFORESIGN 4a You must save a file before you can apply a digital signature to the file.
a 1106674693 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
a 1106678282 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
5 42786 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
a 1106676231 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
5 42787 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
4 5960 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 33770 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
5 34194 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
5 34178 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
5 33775 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
5 34193 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
e .uno%3AGallery 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 34179 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
9 706679301 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
9 706679300 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
9 706679297 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
9 706675715 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
9 706678785 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
9 706677761 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 29 Specifies the display options for guides.
4 6694 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
4 6696 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
9 586155011 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
9 705594384 88 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update to disable or enable this feature.
9 705597971 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
5 33390 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 34855 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
5 34849 1c Continues a paused download.
5 34848 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
5 34851 94 Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update.
5 34850 94 Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update.
5 34852 1f Installs the downloaded update.
5 34845 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 42794 20 Enable or disable the extension.
a 1180240435 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
5 42769 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
5 42768 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
a 2180256281 de Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.
a 2180256278 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
5 42792 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
a 1180242482 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
a 2180256277 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
a 2180354573 de Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.
a 2180256279 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
5 42795 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
a 2180256276 1e Click Add to add an extension.
a 2180354572 1e Click Add to add an extension.
39 service%3Acom.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
a 2180256282 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
5 42772 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
a 1111689230 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 58993 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2b UUI_EDIT_DLG_UUI_PASSWORD_ED_MASTERPASSWORD 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
36 UUI_EDIT_DLG_UUI_PASSWORD_CRT_ED_MASTERPASSWORD_REPEAT 1d Re-enter the master password.
33 UUI_EDIT_DLG_UUI_PASSWORD_CRT_ED_MASTERPASSWORD_CRT 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
9 867845139 f0 Selects to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
9 867877470 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867861614 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
9 867848207 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
9 867877463 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
9 867861104 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867845143 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
9 867845134 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
9 867877986 f9 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Tools - Options - Language settings - Languages.
37 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY_CB_SEL_PERMISSIONS 73 Select to restrict some permissions. The permissions can be changed only when the user enters the correct password.
3b filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CB_REDUCEIMAGERESOLUTION 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
9 867893901 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
32 filter_RadioButton_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_RB_SELECTION 1e Exports the current selection.
9 867845140 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
9 867897983 34 Click to open a dialog where you enter the password.
31 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CB_EXPORTNOTES 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
3b filter_ComboBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CO_REDUCEIMAGERESOLUTION 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
9 867877461 b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
9 867844619 ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
2e filter_RadioButton_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_RB_RANGE 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867861606 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
9 867844611 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 868024986 c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
36 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_TAB_GENER_CB_TRANSITIONEFFECTS 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
9 867850765 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
9 867894415 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
9 867877472 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
33 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY_CB_SEC_ENCRYPT 7e Select to encrypt the PDF document with a password. The PDF file can be opened only when the user enters the correct password.
4 6673 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867894416 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
37 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CB_TRANSITIONEFFECTS 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
9 867861612 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
9 867877462 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
9 867845138 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
9 867866738 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
31 filter_NumericField_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_NF_QUALITY 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
9 867893896 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
9 867877459 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
9 868025494 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
9 867877457 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
9 867845137 47 Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
9 867861105 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867861608 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
2c filter_RadioButton_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_RB_ALL 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
9 867845145 ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
9 867844612 1e Exports the current selection.
36 filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CB_EXPORTEMPTYPAGES 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
9 867893900 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
9 867877465 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867897976 34 Click to open a dialog where you enter the password.
9 867893898 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 868024984 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
9 867883100 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867893894 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
9 867844618 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
9 867845144 94 When the PDF Import Extension is installed, this setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
9 867844610 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
30 filter_ListBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_LB_FORMSFORMAT 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
9 867846149 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867877471 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
9 867893895 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
9 867861605 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
9 867877458 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
2f filter_CheckBox_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_CB_TAGGEDPDF 47 Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
9 868024985 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
9 867861607 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
9 867893902 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
9 867847702 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
9 867883610 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867877473 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
3c filter_RadioButton_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_RB_LOSSLESSCOMPRESSION 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
9 867861611 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
9 868025500 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
9 867861610 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
9 867893899 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
9 868025499 d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
9 867877464 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
38 filter_RadioButton_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_RB_JPEGCOMPRESSION ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
4 6672 a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
5 35847 62 Enable or disable the macros. Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security to set the options.
5 33374 62 Enable or disable the macros. Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security to set the options.
1a HID_WARNING_MACROSDISABLED 62 Enable or disable the macros. Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security to set the options.
9 553341495 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
a 1090146871 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
5 43082 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
5 38117 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
a 1368933377 d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
5 38137 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 38119 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
5 38130 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
5 38127 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 38116 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
5 38122 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
5 38120 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
5 38118 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 38121 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
5 10773 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 38132 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
a 1368934412 f Enter the name.
5 38128 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 38126 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 38124 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 38123 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 38129 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
5 38131 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
5 38125 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
a 1368855060 1e Declares the item as relevant.
5 38002 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 37999 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368852492 1b Enter the name of the item.
5 38001 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 38003 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368851483 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368851479 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368852494 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
a 1368855066 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368851481 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368855062 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368851477 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368851475 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368855064 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368854034 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
5 38000 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368869387 12 Enter a condition.
a 1368871438 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
a 1368887822 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
a 1368887820 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
a 1368887821 1d Edits the selected namespace.
5 38111 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
5 38019 d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
5 38009 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
5 37997 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
5 37935 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 38016 ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
5 38004 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
5 38017 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
5 38002 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 37999 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
5 38006 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
5 38001 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 37940 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
5 38003 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
5 38007 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
5 37939 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
5 38008 38 Specifies the minimum number of characters for a string.
5 37938 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
5 38005 f2 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The sematics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
5 37937 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
5 37998 e7 Enter the DOM node what's a DOM node? spec doesn't tellto bind the control model towhat's a control model? spec doesn't tell. may be a typo in spec: control's model?. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
5 37936 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 38000 1e Declares the item as relevant.
4 5509 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
5 10464 be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
5 10110 ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
5 10906 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
b .uno%3ARect c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
a .uno%3AArc 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
e .uno%3AEllipse ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
5 10254 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
5 10905 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
5 10115 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee c8 Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose Format - Text - Text Animation.
5 10102 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 10112 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 10395 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
5 10253 e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
5 10244 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
5 10114 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
5 10397 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
5 10465 c8 Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose Format - Text - Text Animation.
5 10104 c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
5 10710 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
5 10148 14 Creates a check box.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
5 10147 19 Creates an option button.
5 10594 16 Creates a push button.
13 .uno%3APatternField 18 Creates a pattern field.
14 .uno%3ANavigationBar 19 Creates a navigation bar.
10 .uno%3AScrollBar 14 Creates a scrollbar.
12 .uno%3AFileControl 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
13 .uno%3ANumericField 1a Creates a numerical field.
5 10763 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
13 .uno%3AImageControl 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
10 .uno%3ADateField 15 Creates a date field.
5 10768 14 Creates a scrollbar.
11 .uno%3ASpinButton 16 Creates a spin button.
5 11045 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
5 10599 13 Creates a text box.
b .uno%3AGrid 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
5 10603 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
10 .uno%3ATimeField 15 Creates a time field.
f .uno%3AGroupBox 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
5 10704 15 Creates a date field.
5 10705 15 Creates a time field.
5 10193 16 Creates a spin button.
5 10593 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
5 10605 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
5 10192 14 Creates a combo box.
5 10604 27 Creates a button displayed as an image.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 14 Creates a check box.
5 10600 13 Creates a list box.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1a Creates a formatted field.
5 11046 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
b .uno%3AEdit 13 Creates a text box.
5 10707 19 Creates a currency field.
5 10189 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
5 10708 18 Creates a pattern field.
14 .uno%3ACurrencyField 19 Creates a currency field.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
17 .uno%3AAutoControlFocus 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
5 10728 1a Creates a formatted field.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
5 10706 1a Creates a numerical field.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 16 Creates a push button.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
5 10597 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
12 .uno%3AImagebutton 27 Creates a button displayed as an image.
5 10607 19 Creates a navigation bar.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
5 10737 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
5 10736 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
5 10745 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
5 10750 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
5 10735 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
5 10744 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
5 10734 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
5 10741 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10749 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
5 10746 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
5 10748 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
5 10743 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10751 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
5 10738 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
5 10739 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
5 10733 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
5 10747 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
5 10755 1e Calls the Show Columns dialog.
5 10606 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
5 10612 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
a 1368837633 8d In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.
5 10611 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
5 10753 1a Hides the selected column.
5 10754 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
5 10756 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
5 38173 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
5 10613 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
15 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 16 Sets the default time.
5 37913 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
5 37891 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
5 37928 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
5 37905 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
15 HID_PROP_DEFAULTVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
5 37914 24 Displays text on more than one line.
5 37910 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
5 37907 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
5 37862 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
f HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
5 37904 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
5 38103 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
d HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 38107 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
11 HID_PROP_VALUEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
5 37894 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
12 HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
5 37927 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
5 38101 126 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
5 37911 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 42 Specifies whether an option or a check box is selected by default.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
d HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
5 38104 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
5 38102 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
5 37915 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
5 37931 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
d HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
5 37892 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
10 HID_PROP_VSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
5 37895 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 37930 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
d HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
11 HID_PROP_VALUEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 37893 bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
5 37899 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
5 37793 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
5 37909 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
e HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
5 37912 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
5 37933 cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
29 PCR_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_SELECTLABELCONTROL_1 5e Check the No assignment box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
15 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 16 Sets the default date.
5 38111 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
5 37896 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
5 37934 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
5 37929 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 37890 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
5 37906 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
5 38105 54 Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
5 37941 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
5 37901 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
5 37900 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
5 37902 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
5 38092 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
5 38074 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
5 38090 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
5 38078 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
5 38089 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
5 38081 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
5 38087 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
5 38079 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
5 38080 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
5 38068 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
5 38083 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
5 38075 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
5 38073 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
5 38076 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
5 38082 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
5 10614 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
5 38086 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
5 38085 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
5 38097 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
5 38088 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
5 38084 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
5 38094 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
5 38098 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
5 38071 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
5 38095 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
5 38093 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
5 38072 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
5 38077 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
5 38069 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
5 38096 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
5 38091 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
5 38099 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
30 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_DOWN 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
2c pcr_PushButton_RID_DLG_TABORDER_PB_MOVE_DOWN 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
5 10615 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
5 38193 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
2d pcr_PushButton_RID_DLG_TABORDER_PB_AUTO_ORDER 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
31 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_AUTO_ORDER 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
2a pcr_PushButton_RID_DLG_TABORDER_PB_MOVE_UP 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
2e SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_UP 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
5 10623 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
5 38070 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 10629 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 22300 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 10638 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
5 10640 23 Creates a new form in the document.
5 10703 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 10609 1c Renames the selected object.
5 10633 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 38068 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
5 10639 1b Deletes the selected entry.
5 10608 a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
2c DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION_LB_TABLE 1c Specifies the desired table.
31 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION_LB_DATASOURCE 3a Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.
39 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_LB_SELECTED_FIELDS 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_TABLE_LB_SELECTTABLE 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 3d Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.
32 DBP_COMBOBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_FIELDLINK_CMB_TABLEFIELD 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
36 DBP_COMBOBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_FIELDLINK_CMB_VALUELISTFIELD 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
3a DBP_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGE_OPTION_DBFIELD_RB_STOREINFIELD_NO 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
33 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_OPTION_DBFIELD_LB_STOREINFIELD 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3b DBP_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGE_OPTION_DBFIELD_RB_STOREINFIELD_YES 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
5 10709 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
5 10727 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
4 5539 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
4 5552 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
5 33900 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
5 10007 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
5 10907 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
5 10908 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
5 10461 8a Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous tab position.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 8a Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous tab position.
5 10462 88 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 88 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
5 10489 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
5 10185 ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
5 27346 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
5 27347 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
5 10187 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
5 10200 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
5 10201 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
5 26412 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
5 20510 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
5 10301 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
5 10129 1c Rotates the selected object.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
5 10130 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
5 20130 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10153 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10152 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 20131 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
5 20134 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
5 10150 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 10151 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20135 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20138 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
4 5596 a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
4 5508 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
5 20989 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
15 .uno%3ASelectTextMode d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
4 6312 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
5 33373 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
4 6302 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
b .uno%3AStop 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
4 6674 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30808 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30806 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
5 35079 2a Assigns a name to an Internet URL or file.
5 35081 55 Allows you to either type a URL, or insert a URL from a document using drag-and-drop.
13 .uno%3ASetHyperlink 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 10362 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 35054 75 Click and choose one of the Internet search engines from the submenu. The search term is entered in the URL Name box.
5 35053 36 Specifies the target frame type for the specified URL.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
5 27382 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
4 5678 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
5 34093 22 Applies the data to your document.
5 34089 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
5 34094 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
5 10955 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
5 34088 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
5 21840 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
5 21835 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
5 21839 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
9 704448550 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704466466 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704448520 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704450592 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
5 34096 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
9 704499234 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
5 34083 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
9 704447499 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
9 704464934 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704482850 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704458253 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
9 704466976 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704507431 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704450082 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
5 34095 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
9 704481318 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
5 34090 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704458279 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704446978 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
5 34097 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
9 704448548 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704474663 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704446980 1b Creates a Telnet hyperlink.
9 704491047 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704497702 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704458252 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
9 704497700 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704446979 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
9 704464932 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704481316 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704499744 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704448522 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704483360 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
5 34091 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
9 704474632 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
9 704463362 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
5 34084 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
9 704463363 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
9 704464903 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
5 34092 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704491012 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
5 34085 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704481287 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
9 704491020 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
9 704497669 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
5 34086 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
9 704499207 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
9 704496130 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
9 704496131 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
9 704507400 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
5 26497 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 20937 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 26496 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
5 20938 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 26498 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 20907 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
5 26499 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
5 20908 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
4 5621 1a Closes the current window.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
5 38978 c6 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name.. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
5 38833 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
5 38834 60 Closes the connection to the data source. See Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
5 39064 ab Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases.
5 39064 ab Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases.
1a HID_BROWSER_DSADMINISTRATE 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
5 10764 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
5 10713 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
5 10716 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
5 10711 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
5 10724 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
5 38977 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 5a Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.

5 12202 5a Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.

a 1435042844 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
a 1435042316 1d Accepts the database formats.
a 1435053590 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042317 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435042334 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
a 1435046432 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
a 1435053591 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
a 1435045402 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
a 1435046431 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
a 1435053592 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435045390 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435045396 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
a 1435042306 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
a 1435042333 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
a 1435053589 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042308 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
5 38783 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
5 10715 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
a 1388416519 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 1388416513 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081499 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 1388414979 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416514 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081503 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567082017 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567081501 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416517 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081498 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081497 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081502 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081500 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 1388414977 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416518 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081496 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416516 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567082016 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
5 26323 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
a 1388414978 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567082018 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416515 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416520 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
5 38784 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
5 10714 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 38192 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
5 38182 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
5 38181 28 Searches through a specified data field.
5 38183 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
5 38187 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
a 1368772097 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
5 38178 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
5 38186 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
5 38188 22 Searches with regular expressions.
a 1368769028 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
5 38179 1c Searches through all fields.
5 38184 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
5 38191 1d Starts or cancels the search.
a 1368769027 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
5 38185 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
a 1368769026 28 Searches through a specified data field.
a 1368769029 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
5 10725 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 10729 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
5 10723 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
5 10761 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
5 12307 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
5 10721 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
a 2462286338 13 Shows only queries.
5 38853 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
a 2462290433 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
5 10722 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
5 38852 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
a 2462286337 12 Shows only tables.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
5 10720 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
5 10128 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
4 5675 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
5 52825 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 21182 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 26115 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 27087 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 21183 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 10221 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
5 21185 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
5 26116 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 27089 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 30366 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
4 5584 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
4 5311 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
4 5312 1a Displays the current date.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
5 10472 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
5 10473 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a SID_GRAFFILTER_REMOVENOISE 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
15 SID_GRAFFILTER_SMOOTH 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
5 10479 a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
a 1243027972 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
5 10477 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
a 1243022341 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
a 1243060738 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
a 1243038723 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
5 10470 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10478 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
16 SID_GRAFFILTER_SHARPEN 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
13 SID_GRAFTBX_FILTERS 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
5 10480 c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
5 10471 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
5 10476 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
5 10474 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
15 SID_GRAFFILTER_INVERT 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10475 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
a 1243027970 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
a 1243044354 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
a 1243076610 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
5 10871 a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
5 10865 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
5 10866 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
5 10867 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
5 10863 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10864 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10868 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
5 10869 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
5 10883 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11047 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11049 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11051 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11050 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 10977 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
4 5715 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11052 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11048 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
5 33354 17 Prints the current page
a 2187084814 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
5 33363 23 Opens the Find on this page dialog.
5 33351 31 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic
5 33350 23 Hides and shows the navigation pane
5 33353 1e Moves forward to the next page
a 2187084813 1a Finds complete words only.
a 2187084815 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
a 2187088401 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
a 2187087883 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
5 33355 20 Adds this page to your bookmarks
5 33352 1f Moves back to the previous page
5 33348 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
4 5400 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
5 33347 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
a 2187084816 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
5 33349 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
9 546983947 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
9 546984460 24 Click to display the selected topic.
9 547000331 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
9 547000849 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
9 546997263 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
9 546999824 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
9 546997262 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
9 547000844 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
5 33366 1d deletes the bookmark selected
5 33364 22 displays the selected help subject
9 547016203 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
5 33365 39 opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark
a 1083901963 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
5 33356 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
5 34073 22 Виберіть напрямок.
5 10962 59 Обертає виділений об'єкт вгору на п'ять градусів.
a 1237637634 31 Введіть глибину екструзії.
5 10967 48 Відкриває вікно "Освітлення екструзії".
5 10968 4e Відкриває вікно "Поверхня об'ємної фігури".
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 4e Відкриває вікно "Поверхня об'ємної фігури".
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 5f Обертає виділений об'єкт праворуч на п'ять градусів.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 59 Обертає виділений об'єкт вгору на п'ять градусів.
5 10964 5f Обертає виділений об'єкт праворуч на п'ять градусів.
5 10961 57 Обертає виділений об'єкт вниз на п'ять градусів.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 5d Обертає виділений об'єкт ліворуч на п'ять градусів.
5 39984 41 Виберіть інтенсивність освітлення.
5 39983 33 Виберіть глибину екструзії.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 44 Відкриває вікно "Напрямок екструзії".
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 42 Відкриває вікно "Глибина екструзії".
5 39986 73 Виберіть матеріал поверхні чи відображення прозорої поверхні.
5 10966 44 Відкриває вікно "Напрямок екструзії".
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 57 Обертає виділений об'єкт вниз на п'ять градусів.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 63 Відкриває панель інструментів "Колір об'ємної фігури".
5 39981 66 Виберіть метод перспективної чи паралельної екструзії.
5 10965 42 Відкриває вікно "Глибина екструзії".
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 48 Відкриває вікно "Освітлення екструзії".
5 10963 5d Обертає виділений об'єкт ліворуч на п'ять градусів.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 6d Вмикає та вимикає тривимірні ефекти для виділених об'єктів.
5 10960 6d Вмикає та вимикає тривимірні ефекти для виділених об'єктів.
5 10969 63 Відкриває панель інструментів "Колір об'ємної фігури".
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 63 Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, presentations, and more.
4 6381 63 Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, presentations, and more.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard%3Fstart 28 Starts the wizard for a letter template.
5 34574 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 34832 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 34831 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
5 40822 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
5 34573 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
5 40823 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 40824 68 According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 28 Starts the wizard for a letter template.
5 53269 45 Specifies whether you want to create a personal or a business letter.
5 40770 3b Specifies that you want to create a formal personal letter.
5 40774 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 40772 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 40771 34 Specifies that you want to create a personal letter.
5 40775 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 40769 3d Specifies that you want to create a business letter template.
5 40773 93 Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.
5 40776 66 Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.
5 40788 81 Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area.
5 53270 57 Allows you to specify the elements that are already imprinted on your letterhead paper.
5 40779 20 Defines the width of the object.
5 40780 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
5 40783 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
5 40777 21 Defines the height of the object.
5 40784 20 Defines the width of the object.
5 40782 21 Defines the height of the object.
5 40781 6e Specifies that an address is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address.
5 40785 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
5 40778 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
5 40786 a3 Specifies that your own address is already imprinted in small size above the area of the recipient's address. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address in small size.
5 40787 6f Specifies that a footer area is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a footer.
5 40796 2b Includes fold marks on the letter template.
5 40794 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 40797 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
5 40792 4c Includes a line with references to a business letter on the letter template.
5 40795 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 40791 3c Includes a small size return address on the letter template.
5 40789 4b Select a country in order to use a typical letter layout from that country.
5 40790 27 Includes a logo on the letter template.
5 40799 29 Includes a footer on the letter template.
5 53271 38 Defines the items to be included in the letter template.
5 40798 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
5 40793 2f Includes a subject line on the letter template.
5 40805 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 40808 3e Address database fields are inserted into the letter template.
5 40800 45 Use the address data from Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - User data.
5 53272 2f Specifies the sender and recipient information.
5 40806 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 40801 33 Use the address data from the following text boxes.
5 40804 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 40803 2b Specifies the street address of the sender.
5 40807 48 Specifies that placeholder fields are inserted into the letter template.
5 40802 21 Specifies the name of the sender.
5 40810 30 Select to suppress the footer on the first page.
5 40811 2e Includes page numbers in your letter template.
5 40809 24 Enter the text for the footer lines.
5 53273 39 Specifies the information to include in the footer space.
5 53274 50 Specifies where and under which name you want to save the document and template.
5 40813 5c Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.
5 40815 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
5 40816 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
5 40814 31 Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.
5 40812 2d Specifies the title of the document template.
5 41182 c8 Click the Back button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. Back will be active from the second page onwards.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard%3Fstart 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
5 41183 8a The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The Next button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.
5 41184 b0 According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".
5 41122 29 Creates a fax template for a private fax.
5 53279 27 Defines the style of your fax document.
5 41121 1f Specifies the predefined style.
5 41123 1f Specifies the predefined style.
5 41120 30 Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.
5 41133 18 Includes a subject line.
5 53280 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
5 41132 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
5 41131 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
5 41135 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 41130 16 Includes a date field.
5 41136 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
5 41137 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
5 41129 18 Includes a company logo.
5 41134 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 41138 12 Includes a footer.
5 41145 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41144 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41148 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
5 41147 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41140 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
5 41149 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
5 53281 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
5 41143 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41141 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
5 41146 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41142 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 53282 1a Specifies the footer data.
5 41158 34 Specifies the text to be printed in the footer area.
5 41160 28 Prints a page number in the footer area.
5 41159 44 Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.
5 41163 23 Enter the name of the fax template.
5 41166 50 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing.
5 41167 58 Click to enter or select the complete path, including the file name of the fax template.
5 53283 27 Defines the template name and location.
5 41165 59 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens a new fax document based on that template.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard%3Fstart 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
5 41058 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
5 53299 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
5 41057 29 Select the page design from the list box.
34 SW%3ADATEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
5 41061 23 Specifies the title of the meeting.
5 41060 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
34 SW%3ATIMEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
5 41059 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
2f SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
5 53300 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
5 41062 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
5 41064 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
5 41065 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
5 41063 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
5 53301 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
5 41066 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
5 41067 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
5 41069 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
5 41070 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
5 41071 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
5 41072 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
5 41073 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
5 41068 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
5 53302 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
5 41080 1e Removes the current topic row.
5 41085 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 41084 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 53303 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
5 41082 21 Moves the current topic row down.
5 41081 1f Moves the current topic row up.
5 41086 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 41079 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
5 41077 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
5 53304 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
5 41075 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
5 41074 2a Specifies the name of the agenda template.
5 41076 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
5 41078 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
a 1088492036 34 Accepts the new settings and moves to the next page.
16 .uno%3ANewPresentation 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
a 1088492035 44 Returns to the previous step without deleting your current settings.
d SID_AUTOPILOT 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
1d .uno%3AAutoPilotPresentations 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
c slot%3A10425 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
a 1088487948 3d Opens a list box containing various modifiable presentations.
a 1088487947 23 Creates a new (empty) presentation.
a 1088487951 34 Displays a list of previously created presentations.
5 59887 100 Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
5 59771 44 Specifies the presentation type and allows you to select a template.
a 1088488456 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
a 1088488455 36 Specifies that templates appear in the preview window.
5 59885 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
a 1088492049 2a Click Open to see a file selection dialog.
5 59886 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
a 1088491041 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
a 1088487973 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
5 59772 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
a 1088487974 34 Creates a presentation that can be printed on paper.
a 1088487971 2c Creates a computer screen presentation only.
a 1088487972 2c Creates a presentation to be used as slides.
5 59888 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
a 1088487975 2e Uses the original page format of the template.
a 1088495668 2c Defines the pause between each presentation.
a 1088487983 60 The Default option runs the presentation as a full screen presentation with the specified speed.
a 1088488501 5f Specifies whether to display the $[officename] logo during the pause between each presentation.
a 1088491053 1c Determines the effect speed.
a 1088487984 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
5 59773 46 Assigns special effects to your presentation and determines its speed.
a 1088495666 2f Defines the duration of each presentation page.
a 1088491051 2a Specifies an effect for your presentation.
5 59774 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
a 1088489497 29 Specifies the topic of your presentation.
a 1088489495 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
a 1088490011 66 Use this field for further thoughts and ideas that you would like to cover later in your presentation.
5 59775 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
a 1088488511 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
5 34404 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
5 34400 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
5 40855 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41216 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 41213 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34435 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40853 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
37 DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_PB_FIELDRIGHT 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34411 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
5 34419 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34214 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 40919 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 34417 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
5 34213 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 41238 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 40920 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
14 HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
5 41210 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41215 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 34412 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 41239 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34436 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34432 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
3b DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_PB_ALLFIELDSRIGHT 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34416 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34415 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40916 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34438 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 40854 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34414 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40858 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34439 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 40915 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
3a DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_PB_ALLFIELDSLEFT 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34413 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41212 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1d HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34434 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41209 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34418 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
36 DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_PB_FIELDLEFT 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
16 HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34433 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
39 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_GW_FIELDSELECTION_LB_EXISTING_FIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 40857 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
1b HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 40917 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40851 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 41211 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1a HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40852 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34421 18 Select to add a subform.
5 34423 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
5 34424 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
5 34422 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
5 34437 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
5 34431 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
5 34448 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34447 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34441 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34444 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34443 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34442 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34446 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34445 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34454 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
5 34456 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
5 34452 1d The labels are right-aligned.
5 34451 1c The labels are left-aligned.
5 34453 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
5 34455 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
5 34463 20 Select to disallow editing data.
5 34464 21 Select to disallow deleting data.
5 34462 4f Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.
5 34461 37 Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.
5 34465 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
5 34473 30 Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.
5 34474 2b Specifies that the field borders look flat.
5 34472 29 Specifies that the fields have no border.
5 34471 26 Specifies the page style for the form.
5 34482 4a Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.
5 34481 1f Specifies the name of the form.
5 34483 3f Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.
5 34320 1d Select the report properties.
5 38995 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
5 34333 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34334 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34331 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34330 40 Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.
5 34335 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34336 38 Displays all fields that are included in the new report.
5 34332 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34384 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34382 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34386 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34383 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34385 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34381 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34341 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34340 c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
5 34343 b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
5 34342 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34346 33 Select the first field by which to sort the report.
5 34349 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34351 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34356 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34352 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34354 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34357 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34347 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34355 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34350 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34348 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34353 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34365 34 Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.
5 34366 33 Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.
5 34364 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
5 34363 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
5 34370 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
5 34362 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
5 34374 44 When you click Finish, the report will be saved and opened for edit.
5 34375 30 When you click Finish, the report will be saved.
5 34371 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
a 1085853189 1e Displays all existing designs.
a 1085850115 35 Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.
5 59873 35 Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.
a 1085854214 31 Deletes the selected design from the design list.
a 1085850116 81 Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.
a 1085850147 8b The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents
a 1085850153 99 When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.
a 1085850135 b2 Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.
a 1085851696 48 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.
a 1085850656 2d Specifies that your notes are also displayed.
a 1085850655 27 Creates a title page for your document.
a 1085851694 6f Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.
a 1085850134 2e Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.
a 1085850136 87 Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.
a 1085851692 66 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.
a 1085850154 3d Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.
a 1085850146 d4 The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.
a 1085857829 32 Defines the amount of time for each slide display.
5 59874 2e Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.
a 1085850662 55 Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.
a 1085850137 52 In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.
a 1085853751 b4 Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.
a 1085850171 3a Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.
a 1085850169 5f Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.
5 59875 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
a 1085850170 3d Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.
a 1085850163 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
a 1085850685 60 Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.
a 1085850164 75 The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
a 1085850165 82 The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
5 59876 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
a 1085851720 49 Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.
a 1085851716 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
a 1085852234 36 Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.
a 1085851718 1d Specifies the e-mail address.
a 1085850706 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
5 59877 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
a 1085854315 58 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.
a 1085854314 55 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.
a 1085850221 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
a 1085850215 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
a 1085854316 57 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.
a 1085850214 34 Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.
a 1085854312 56 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.
a 1085854313 50 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.
5 59878 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
5 34816 13 Creates the object.
5 34812 13 Creates the object.
5 34820 13 Creates the object.
3a DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GROUPRADIOSELECTION_PB_MOVETORIGHT 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
38 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_GROUPRADIOSELECTION_LB_RADIOBUTTONS 46 Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.
34 DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_GROUPRADIOSELECTION_ET_RADIOLABELS 6d Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.
39 DBP_PUSHBUTTON_RID_PAGE_GROUPRADIOSELECTION_PB_MOVETOLEFT 31 Removes the selected option fields from the list.
41 DBP_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGE_DEFAULTFIELDSELECTION_RB_DEFSELECTION_NO 49 Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.
42 DBP_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGE_DEFAULTFIELDSELECTION_RB_DEFSELECTION_YES 5b Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.
3f DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_DEFAULTFIELDSELECTION_LB_DEFSELECTIONFIELD 53 Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.
31 DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_OPTIONVALUES_LB_RADIOBUTTONS 49 Select the option field for which you want to assign the reference value.
2d DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_OPTIONVALUES_ET_OPTIONVALUE 4d Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.
29 DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_OPTIONS_FINAL_ET_NAMEIT 66 Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.
5 34571 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
5 34580 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
5 34596 57 Converts documents in the old format of Writer *.sdw into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34598 8a Converts documents in the old format of Draw *.sda into OpenDocument *.odg documents, and Impress *.sdd into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
5 34578 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34599 9a Converts documents in the old format of Writer master documents *.sgl into OpenDocument *.odm documents, and Math *.smf into OpenDocument *.odf documents.
5 34577 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
5 34575 51 Converts old binary documents into the OpenDocument format used by $[officename].
5 34597 55 Converts documents in the old format of Calc *.sdc into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
5 34579 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
5 34576 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34581 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
5 34587 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
5 34582 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
5 34585 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
5 34588 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
5 34589 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
5 34584 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
5 34586 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
5 34583 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
5 34590 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
5 34680 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
5 34669 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
5 34664 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
5 34675 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
5 34678 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
5 34666 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
5 34668 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
5 26083 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34662 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34679 bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
5 34671 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
5 34665 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
5 34676 16 Starts the conversion.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34661 1d Converts the entire document.
5 34674 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
5 34663 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
5 34672 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
5 34667 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
5 34670 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
5 34673 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
5 34677 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
9 860619270 46 Select this option if you already have address data on an LDAP server.
9 860619268 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
9 860619272 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
9 860619266 45 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird.
9 860619269 4b Select this option if you already use an address book in OS X Address book.
9 860619274 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
9 860619265 4d Select this option if you already use an address book in Mozilla or Netscape.
9 860618752 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 860619267 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
9 860619273 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 860619275 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
5 34833 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
5 34834 44 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.
9 860619271 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
9 860639745 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3d extensions%3AListBox%3ARID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION%3ALB_TABLELIST 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
5 38809 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
9 860688899 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
9 860685313 db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
9 860686337 1f Specifies the data source name.
9 860672514 34 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
5 42773 68 The Start-up Wizard helps you to specify the user settings for %PRODUCTNAME. This wizard only runs once.
5 42776 5e You can use this page to import user data from a previously installed version of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 42778 d2 The user name is used for the document properties, templates, and when you record changes made to documents. This page is only displayed if a previous installation of %PRODUCTNAME is not found on your computer.
5 42774 68 The Start-up Wizard helps you to specify the user settings for %PRODUCTNAME. This wizard only runs once.
5 42775 b2 Read and accept the license text to continue. You need to scroll to the end of the license text before you can continue. If you decline the license, the installation is canceled.
5 34200 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard%3Fstart 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
5 34207 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
5 34209 1e Deletes the selected settings.
5 34212 28 Removes the selected file from the list.
5 34216 2e Enter a description for the selected document.
5 34218 44 Select the file format that you want to export the selected file to.
5 34215 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
5 34210 f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
5 34211 dd Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
5 34217 37 Enter the name of the author for the selected document.
5 34226 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34220 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34225 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34222 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34221 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34227 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34228 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34223 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34224 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34245 3d Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.
5 34244 3d Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.
5 34243 36 Displays the file size in kilobytes on the index page.
5 34241 30 Displays the file format icon on the index page.
5 34235 3b Includes the file names of the documents on the index page.
5 34242 3c Displays the number of pages in your site on the index page.
5 34239 49 Includes the date of the last time a file was modified on the index page.
5 34237 4d Includes the names of the people who created the documents on the index page.
5 34246 3e Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.
5 34238 3f Includes the creation dates of the documents on the index page.
5 34236 44 Includes the summary information of the documents on the index page.
5 34240 33 Displays the format of the files on the index page.
5 34249 54 Select the Icons that you want to use for the navigation elements on the index page.
5 34247 2b Select the color scheme for the index page.
5 34248 2d Select a Background image for the index page.
5 34290 36 Specifies a background image for the Web Wizard style.
5 34292 30 Clears the background image from the index page.
5 34291 4e Opens a file open dialog to select a background image file for the index page.
5 41002 28 Clears the icon set from the index page.
5 41000 53 Select an icon set for navigation on HTML presentation documents in the Web Wizard.
5 34258 57 Enter the e-mail address for the index page. The address is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34259 58 Enter the copyright notice for the index page. The notice is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34250 5f Enter the title for the index page. This element is displayed on the title bar of web browsers.
5 34256 53 Enter the modified date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34253 56 Enter a description for the index page. The description is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34255 53 Enter the creation date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34266 46 Opens a dialog where you can specify the location of the archive file.
5 34271 25 Enter the name for the settings file.
5 34264 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34265 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34263 22 Opens a dialog to select a folder.
5 34260 48 Opens your web page in the default web browser of your operating system.
5 34262 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34270 35 Saves the settings that you specified in this wizard.
5 34268 c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34267 c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34261 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34269 67 Opens the FTP Connection dialog where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.
5 41041 2f Enter the name or IP address of the FTP server.
5 41040 44 Edit and test the FTP server connection settings for the Web Wizard.
5 41046 51 Opens a dialog where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.
5 41043 3d Enter the password that is required to access the FTP server.
5 41042 3e Enter the user name that is required to access the FTP server.
5 41044 33 Tests the FTP connection with the current settings.
5 41045 57 Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.
5 38867 8d Specifies an alias. This alias will be listed in a query instead of the field name. This makes it possible to use user-defined column labels.
5 38862 5a If you mark the Visible property for a data field, that field will be visible in the query
5 38865 66 If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.
a 1388496899 2a Enter the name of the query or table view.
5 38866 2b Select a function to run in the query here.
5 38861 26 Select conditions to define the query.
a 1388498946 49 Enter the name of the schema that is assigned to the query or table view.
5 38863 4b The corresponding database table of the selected data field is listed here.
5 38979 15 Edit Join Properties.
5 38868 51 Specifies the criteria by which the content of the data field should be filtered.
5 38864 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
5 38854 50 Double-click fields to add them to the query. Drag-and-drop to define relations.
5 38982 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
5 38981 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
5 39150 f7 Inserts the keyword NATURAL into the SQL statement that defines the relation. The relation joins all columns that have the same column name in both tables. The resulting joined table contains only one column for each pair of equally named columns.
5 38856 2d Specifies the link type of the selected link.
a 1111689228 23 Specifies the name of the new user.
a 1388693523 17 Enter the old password.
a 1388693525 17 Enter the new password.
a 1388693527 1d Enter the new password again.
5 38895 41 Displays the format code that you can select with the ... button.
5 38890 4f If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.
5 38884 32 This area is where you define the table structure.
5 38896 2a This button opens the Field Format dialog.
5 38894 3c Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.
5 38889 96 Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.
5 38886 84 Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.
5 38888 22 Specifies an optional description.
5 38887 19 Specifies the field type.
5 38881 14 Displays help texts.
a 1388626945 3e Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.
5 38974 1a Determines the sort order.
5 38965 14 Creates a new index.
5 38973 57 Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.
5 38967 1a Renames the current index.
5 38966 1a Deletes the current index.
5 38969 50 Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
5 38970 85 Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.
a 1388625920 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
5 38968 2b Saves the current index in the data source.
a 1388630529 12 Closes the dialog.
5 38920 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
5 38922 4a The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.
33 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_DEL 69 Specifies that all external key fields will be deleted if you delete the corresponding primary key field.
3b DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_UPD_DEFAULT 76 If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set a default value to all external key fields.
38 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_DEL_NULL 6d If you delete the corresponding primary key, the "IS NULL" value will be assigned to all external key fields.
36 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_NO_CASC_DEL 63 Specifies that the deletion of a primary key will not have any effect on other external key fields.
5 38924 28 Defines the key fields for the relation.
31 DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_LB_LEFT_TABLE 30 This is where the two related tables are listed.
33 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_UPD 77 Updates all the external key fields if the value of the corresponding primary key has been modified (Cascading Update).
36 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_NO_CASC_UPD 5a Specifies that any change made to a primary key does not affect other external key fields.
3b DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_DEL_DEFAULT 60 If you delete the corresponding primary key, a set value will be set to all external key fields.
5 38923 4a The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.
32 DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_LB_RIGHT_TABLE 30 This is where the two related tables are listed.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 3c Allows you to define and edit a relation between two tables.
38 DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_RB_CASC_UPD_NULL a1 If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set the "IS NULL" value to all external key fields. IS NULL means that the field is empty.
9 851640835 b4 If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.
9 851642371 46 Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.
9 851640833 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
5 38919 1e Specifies a name for the copy.
9 851641349 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
9 851640834 40 Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.
9 851640836 40 Appends the data of the table to be copied to an existing table.
9 851602947 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851602948 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851602945 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851602946 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851594242 3e Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.
9 851594241 bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
9 851612165 23 Enables automatic type recognition.
5 38904 32 Enter the number of characters for the data field.
5 38902 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
9 851613697 40 Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.
5 38905 7a Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
5 38901 14 Select a field type.
5 38897 2c Select the default value for a Yes/No field.
5 38900 32 Enter the number of characters for the data field.
9 851610626 43 Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.
9 851635724 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
5 38916 168 Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.
9 851635726 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
9 851635725 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
9 851628560 2b Selects all of the data fields in the list.
9 851635727 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
5 38917 a0 Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.
9 851628561 2a Clears all of the check boxes in the list.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 79 Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.
5 38998 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
5 38929 b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
5 38997 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
5 38993 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
5 38994 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
5 38816 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
19 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_DBASE 79 Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.
5 38812 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
5 38814 61 Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.
a 1388335105 31 Select the database table that you want to index.
a 1388334593 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
a 1388334594 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
a 1388342788 38 Moves all of the table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
a 1388342786 3a Moves the selected table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
a 1388342785 33 Moves the selected index to the Table Indexes list.
a 1388342787 38 Moves all of the free indexes to the Table Indexes list.
a 1388677635 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
a 1388679684 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
a 1388678662 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
a 1388677640 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
5 10712 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
5 38827 ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
d .uno%3ASortup 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
5 38951 1a Removes the selected user.
5 38949 34 Adds a new user for accessing the selected database.
5 38950 3d Changes the current user password for accessing the database.
5 38953 32 Select the user whose settings you want to modify.
5 38952 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 5e Opens the Database Statistics dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.
3b DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE 33 Enter the size of the data buffer for the database.
33 DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB 3d Exits the Adabas database server when you exit $[officename].
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD 27 Enter the password of the Control User.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME 69 Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database.
3f DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT 6f Enter the size by which you want to automatically increment the database. The maximum increment size is 100 MB.
a 1388611589 53 Displays the amount of free space (in megabytes) that is available in the database.
a 1388613121 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
a 1388615683 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
a 1388611586 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
a 1388611588 36 Displays the full size (in megabytes) of the database.
a 1388611585 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
5 37269 1e Type the name of the database.
5 37286 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37283 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37282 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
5 37284 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
5 37274 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
5 37280 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
5 37272 cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
5 37273 11 Enter a password.
5 37275 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
5 37287 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
5 37276 a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
5 37270 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
5 37281 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37271 11 Enter a password.
5 37277 11 Enter a password.
20 SD_EDIT_DLG_INSERT_PAGE_EDT_NAME 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
5 39032 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
5 39061 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
5 39062 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
5 39052 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
5 39033 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
5 39067 30 Check to use ODBC conformant date/time literals.
5 39031 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
5 38827 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
5 39060 b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
5 39066 d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
5 39017 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
5 39063 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
5 38777 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
5 38840 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
5 39110 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
5 39115 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
5 39112 1f Enter the name of the database.
5 39116 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
9 851543041 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
5 39014 2f Enter the path to the folder of the text files.
5 39007 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
9 851546626 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
5 39015 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
5 39111 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
5 39148 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
5 38807 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
9 851447299 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
5 39070 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
29 HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_LB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
29 HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_PB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
2c HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
9 851444227 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
5 39069 20 Select to create a new database.
9 851448326 a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
5 39141 118 Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - Other) or in a mail merge.
5 39143 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
5 39144 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
5 39142 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
5 39086 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39085 28 Specifies the path to the database file.
5 39095 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39094 24 Enter the name of the database file.
5 39118 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
5 39117 1a Enter the data source URL.
5 39134 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
5 39133 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
5 39072 28 Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.
5 39073 1d Open a path selection dialog.
5 39113 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
9 852248660 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
9 852330580 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
9 852251216 2f Tests the connection with the current settings.
5 38815 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
5 39108 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39114 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39087 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39090 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
5 38945 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 38944 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 39088 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 38943 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39089 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 39098 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39097 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39123 24 Enter the path to the database file.
5 39124 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
5 39104 26 Enter the URL for the database server.
9 852231276 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
9 852234832 2f Tests the connection with the current settings.
5 39103 2e Enter the port number for the database server.
5 39102 26 Enter the name of the Oracle database.
5 39128 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39129 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
5 39127 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
5 38819 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
5 39077 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 39080 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39079 fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
5 39076 1a Click to access csv files.
5 38820 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
5 38821 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
5 39075 1a Click to access txt files.
5 39078 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 38818 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
5 12293 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
5 38907 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
5 12291 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
5 38908 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
f .uno%3ADBDelete 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
a 1388768770 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
a 1388761603 2c Click to save the form to the database file.
a 1388768769 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
a 1388759041 27 Enter the file name for the saved form.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
5 38906 1c Opens the table design view.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
5 38826 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
14 .uno%3ADBTableFilter 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
9 851464705 c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
9 851495426 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
a 1336428570 32 Enter the user name to connect to the data source.
a 1336427552 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
a 1336428573 31 Enter the password to connect to the data source.
5 40970 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
5 40856 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
5 40850 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
5 40871 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40867 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40875 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40869 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40866 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40872 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40876 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40865 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
5 40873 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40874 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40870 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40868 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40885 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40888 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40884 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40886 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40880 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40883 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40882 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40887 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40881 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40879 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40878 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40895 28 Select to show all records of the query.
5 40897 1e Select the aggregate function.
5 40908 21 Removes the last row of controls.
5 40907 1e Appends a new row of controls.
5 40896 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
5 40898 1e Select the numeric field name.
5 40918 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
5 40931 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40923 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40928 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40926 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40932 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40930 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40925 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40929 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40933 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40924 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40927 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40940 23 Enter the alias for the field name.
5 40958 20 Displays a summary of the query.
5 40955 1c Enter the name of the query.
5 40957 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
5 40956 25 Select to save and display the query.
a 1577878019 24 Select a format to display the date.
a 1577878533 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
a 1577878022 24 Select a format to display the time.
a 1577878024 24 Select a format to display the time.
a 1577878020 24 Select a format to display the date.
a 1577878529 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
a 1577878023 24 Select a format to display the time.
a 1577878018 24 Select a format to display the date.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
5 64518 e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
5 64521 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
5 64522 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
5 64519 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
5 64523 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
a 1577861635 b Page N of M
a 1577864712 9 Alignment
a 1577861638 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
a 1577861637 14 Top of Page (Header)
a 1577861634 6 Page N
5 64506 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
5 64512 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
5 64494 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
5 64504 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
5 64505 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
5 64477 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
5 64507 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
5 64478 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
5 64501 17 Print when group change
5 64514 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
5 64493 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
5 64526 f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
5 64511 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
5 64515 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
5 37854 f Vert. Alignment
5 64513 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
5 64510 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
5 64479 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
5 64524 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
5 64527 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
5 64473 c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
5 64463 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
a 2114719236 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
a 2114721800 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
a 2114719249 19 Select the sorting order.
a 2114727445 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
a 2114727444 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
a 2114719242 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
a 2114719234 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
5 64532 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
a 2114719238 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
5 64531 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
5 64461 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
5 64533 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
5 41200 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
5 41208 a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
5 41206 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
5 41207 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
5 41214 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
5 38996 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
5 38898 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
5 41225 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
5 41220 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
5 38899 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
5 41224 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
5 41223 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
5 41228 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
5 41229 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41231 16 Select the field name.
5 41230 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
5 41233 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
5 41227 cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
5 41232 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41236 aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
5 41234 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
5 41243 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
5 41244 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
5 41241 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
5 41242 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
5 41240 19 Specifies the table name.
5 41245 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 5b Відкриває вікно "Вирівнювання текстових ефектів".
5 10982 75 Відкриває вікно "Міжсимвольний інтервал для текстового ефекту".
18 SID_FONTWORK_SHAPE_TYPES 105 Відкриває панель інструментів "Форма текстового ефекту". Клацніть на формі, щоб застосувати форму до усіх вибраних об'єктів текстових ефектів.
5 40018 a8 Натисніть, щоб застосувати міжсимвольний інтервал до виділених об'єктів текстових ефектів.
5 40016 95 Натисніть, щоб застосувати вирівнювання до виділених об'єктів текстових ефектів.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights c3 Зміна висоти літер виділених об'єктів текстових ефектів зі звичайної на однакову висоту для усіх об'єктів.
a 1237899783 79 Введіть значення для міжсимвольного інтервалу текстового ефекту.
5 10980 c3 Зміна висоти літер виділених об'єктів текстових ефектів зі звичайної на однакову висоту для усіх об'єктів.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 105 Відкриває панель інструментів "Форма текстового ефекту". Клацніть на формі, щоб застосувати форму до усіх вибраних об'єктів текстових ефектів.
1a SID_FONTWORK_SHAPE_FLOATER 105 Відкриває панель інструментів "Форма текстового ефекту". Клацніть на формі, щоб застосувати форму до усіх вибраних об'єктів текстових ефектів.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 75 Відкриває вікно "Міжсимвольний інтервал для текстового ефекту".
5 10981 5b Відкриває вікно "Вирівнювання текстових ефектів".
a 1495585284 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
a 1495598081 dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
5 59023 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
a 1495585283 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
a 1495585287 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
a 1495585286 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
5 10730 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
5 10731 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
a 1311344666 34 Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.
a 1311343648 94 If you enable Remember password till end of session, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1311773189 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
a 1311344669 14 Enter your password.
a 1311773188 45 If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.
a 1311736321 4a Choose this setting to accept the certificate until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1311736326 2d Choose this setting to cancel the connection.
a 1311740419 2a Click to open the View Certificate dialog.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
5 10760 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10732 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
5 38072 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
5 10759 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10758 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
5 21760 99 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Graphics Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
5 40368 61 Click an icon to open a new document, to open a file dialog, or to browse to a featured web page.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 79 Відкриває головну сторінку довідки $[officename] для поточної програми.
c .uno%3AAbout a0 Відображає загальні відомості про програму, наприклад номер версїї та авторські права.
4 5410 87 Меню "Довідка" дозволяє запускати систему довідки $[officename] та керувати нею.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 1e8 Активація інтернет-з'єднання для %PRODUCTNAME. Якщо потрібно використовувати проксі-сервер, вкажіть параметри проксі-сервера %PRODUCTNAME у меню "Сервіс - Параметри - Інтернет". Потім "Перевірити наявність оновлень" для перевірки доступності нової версії набору офісних програм.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 87 Меню "Довідка" дозволяє запускати систему довідки $[officename] та керувати нею.
4 5401 79 Відкриває головну сторінку довідки $[officename] для поточної програми.
12 .uno%3AHelpSupport 5e Показує відомості про способи отримання підтримки.
4 6683 5e Показує відомості про способи отримання підтримки.
2c service%3Acom.sun.star.tab.tabreg%3Fpurchase dc Ця команда меню відображається у ознайомлювальній версії %PRODUCTNAME. При її виборі викликається помічник придбання %PRODUCTNAME.
4 5301 a0 Відображає загальні відомості про програму, наприклад номер версїї та авторські права.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 85 Вмикає розгорнуті підказки під вказівником миші до наступного клацання.
3 560 60 Панель Стандартна доступна в усіх програмах $[officename].
4 5402 85 Вмикає розгорнуті підказки під вказівником миші до наступного клацання.
5 35040 139 Панель Гіперпосилання призначена для створення та зміни гіперпосилання у документах, а також для введення умов пошуку за допомогою доступних пошукових систем Інтернету.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 8b Вставляє всі поля позначеного запису у поточний документ у позиції курсору.
5 10619 36 Перехід до наступного запису.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 36 Перехід до наступного запису.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 3a Перехід до попереднього запису.
5 10616 30 Перехід до першого запису.
5 10617 36 Перехід до наступного запису.
5 10618 3a Перехід до попереднього запису.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 4b Дозволяє вернути попередній запис даних.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 30 Перехід до першого запису.
5 10622 9d Відображає номер поточного запису. Введіть номер, щоб перейти до відповідного запису.
5 10627 79 Збереження нового запису даних. Ця міна реєструється у базі даних.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 7c Видалення запису. Перед видаленням виводиться запит підтвердження.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 36 Перехід до наступного запису.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 2d Створення нового запису.
5 10620 2d Створення нового запису.
5 10621 7c Видалення запису. Перед видаленням виводиться запит підтвердження.
e .uno%3ARecSave 79 Збереження нового запису даних. Ця міна реєструється у базі даних.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 9d Відображає номер поточного запису. Введіть номер, щоб перейти до відповідного запису.
5 10630 4b Дозволяє вернути попередній запис даних.
5 27154 6f Вказує, що об'єкти можна переміщувати лише між вузлами сітки.
e .uno%3AGridUse 6f Вказує, що об'єкти можна переміщувати лише між вузлами сітки.
5 10119 6b Активує режим вставки. Цей режим дозволяє вставляти вузли.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 5f Перетворює кутовий або симетричний вузол в гладкий.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine d5 Значок Розірвати криву дозволяє розірвати криву. Виберіть точки, де потрібно розірвати криві, та клацніть на значку.
5 27066 4c Перетворює вибрані точки на кутові точки.
5 10121 58 Активує режим, у якому можна переміщувати вузли.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 6b Активує режим вставки. Цей режим дозволяє вставляти вузли.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 6a Перетворює криву на пряму лінію або прямую лінію на криву.
5 27030 6a Відмічає поточний вузол або вибілені вузли для видалення.
5 27067 73 Цей значок перетворює кутовий або гладкий вузол у симетричний.
5 10127 d5 Значок Розірвати криву дозволяє розірвати криву. Виберіть точки, де потрібно розірвати криві, та клацніть на значку.
5 10122 2c Замикає лінію або криву.
5 10120 154 Значок Видалити точки служить для видалення однієї або кількох виділених точок. Якщо потрібно виділити декілька точок, клацніть га відповідних вузлах, утримуючи натиснутою клавішу Shift.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 2c Замикає лінію або криву.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 73 Цей значок перетворює кутовий або гладкий вузол у симетричний.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 6a Відмічає поточний вузол або вибілені вузли для видалення.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 4c Перетворює вибрані точки на кутові точки.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 58 Активує режим, у якому можна переміщувати вузли.
5 54834 b4 Панель Зміна геометрії з'являється при виборі об'єкту "багатокутник" та параметра Зміна геометрії.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 154 Значок Видалити точки служить для видалення однієї або кількох виділених точок. Якщо потрібно виділити декілька точок, клацніть га відповідних вузлах, утримуючи натиснутою клавішу Shift.
5 10123 5f Перетворює кутовий або симетричний вузол в гладкий.
5 27065 6a Перетворює криву на пряму лінію або прямую лінію на криву.
5 31630 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
5 35098 18 Select an entry to edit.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
13 SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS cb Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.
9 733497378 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
9 733497379 24 Type your work number in this field.
9 879233073 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 879216681 10 Type your state.
9 733497359 15 Type your first name.
9 733497375 1e Type your title in this field.
9 879233065 10 Type your state.
9 733497364 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879233076 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 879216692 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497382 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497369 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733497376 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497371 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879233085 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497370 10 Type your state.
9 733497355 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 879216672 15 Type your first name.
9 733497360 14 Type your last name.
9 879216673 14 Type your last name.
9 879233062 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879216676 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
5 33811 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
9 733497367 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 733497361 13 Type your initials.
9 879233079 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 733497368 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879216689 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 879216684 1e Type your title in this field.
9 879233063 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879216678 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879216674 13 Type your initials.
9 733497373 10 Type your state.
9 733497381 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 879233060 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879216679 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733479948 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
9 733482520 fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
9 733479950 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
a 1111557136 ba You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General.
9 733485073 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
9 733479951 d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
9 733482541 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
9 733479958 ba You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General.
9 733479978 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
9 733479947 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
5 33809 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
9 733482543 b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
9 733479977 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
9 733479952 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
9 733479956 61 When saving the document, %PRODUCTNAME writes the XML data without indents and extra line breaks.
5 33888 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
5 33810 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
9 733581838 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
9 733581837 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
a 1240879630 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
a 1240878603 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
9 733598331 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
9 733598522 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
a 1270418976 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
9 733598321 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
a 1270401035 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
5 34172 28 Contains the installed language modules.
a 1270400014 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
a 1270420007 a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
9 733598523 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
5 34173 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
a 1270402573 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
a 1270418957 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
a 1251186996 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
5 33815 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
5 33814 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
5 34168 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
5 12021 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
a 1270420008 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
5 33812 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
a 1270417444 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
5 34170 26 Lists the available user dictionaries.
9 733598524 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
a 1270417446 a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
a 1251201845 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
a 1251201846 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
5 34171 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
a 1251201847 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
a 1251200831 25 Specifies the language of the module.
9 701705734 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
7 dummyid 4 Cyan
5 33892 3 Red
9 701697537 51 Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.
5 33808 5e Allows you to select a color from a color table, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
9 701698562 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
5 33894 4 Blue
5 33893 5 Green
9 701696001 69 Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.
9 701698563 1a Changes the current color.
9 701697538 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
9 701705733 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
9 701698561 11 Adds a new color.
5 33895 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066952 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066433 30 Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.
9 701700612 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066953 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066438 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
a 1090066436 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
5 33897 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066434 32 Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.
a 1090066437 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
a 1090066951 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066435 31 Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.
a 1090064898 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
5 33896 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066954 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
a 1090064897 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
9 810489898 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
28 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_MISC_CB_HELPAGENT b0 Specifies that the Help Agent will be displayed automatically in selected situations. Click the Help Agent window to see a Help page with information about the current context.
26 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_MISC_CB_FILEDLG 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
30 OFFMGR_PUSHBUTTON_OFA_TP_MISC_PB_HELPAGENT_RESET 67 Click Reset Help Agent to restore the default list of situations for which the Help Agent is displayed.
9 810484791 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
9 810488334 67 Click Reset Help Agent to restore the default list of situations for which the Help Agent is displayed.
9 810487312 27 Choose the style of $[officename] Help.
9 810484748 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
9 810484747 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
28 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_MISC_LB_STYLESHEET 27 Choose the style of $[officename] Help.
9 810484797 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
32 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ANF_YEARVALUE 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
9 810484749 b0 Specifies that the Help Agent will be displayed automatically in selected situations. Click the Help Agent window to see a Help page with information about the current context.
28 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_MISC_CB_DOCSTATUS 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
5 35085 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
9 701006869 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
34 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION_LB_FONTNAME 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
9 701006873 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
38 OFFMGR%3ACOMBOBOX%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_FONT2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
5 35084 f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
9 701009923 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
9 701009435 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
5 35083 e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
9 701009432 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
3b OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_USETABLE 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
36 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION_LB_FONTHEIGHT 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
9 701009925 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
34 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION_CB_NONPROP 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
38 OFFMGR%3ACOMBOBOX%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_FONT1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
5 35086 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
9 810517566 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
9 810522688 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
2f OFFMGR%3AMETRICFIELD%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3AMF_SCALING 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
5 35057 17 Specifies view options.
9 810520098 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
9 810517564 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
9 810517567 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
12 .uno%3ARefreshView 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
9 810520120 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
29 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_MOUSEMIDDLE 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
26 svx_CheckBox_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_MENU_ICONS a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
29 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_MENU_ICONS a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
9 810523158 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
2e OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_FONT_SHOW 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
9 810517572 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
9 810520105 a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
31 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_FONT_HISTORY 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
9 810520095 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
9 810520120 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
2c OFFMGR%3ALISTBOX%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_MOUSEPOS 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
9 810517561 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
21 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_BIG 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
9 810517573 af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
9 810520118 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
9 810520118 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
9 810517561 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
9 576160808 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
9 576160277 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160260 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160788 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
9 576160289 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160287 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160820 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
9 576163363 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160288 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160819 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
9 576160802 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
9 576160259 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160278 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
9 576160778 a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
9 576160798 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160267 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
9 576160821 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
9 576165911 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160268 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
9 811311126 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
31 OFFMGR_NUMERICFIELD_OFA_TP_MEMORY_NF_GRAPHICCACHE 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
37 OFFMGR_NUMERICFIELD_OFA_TP_MEMORY_NF_GRAPHICOBJECTCACHE 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
33 OFFMGR_TIMEFIELD_OFA_TP_MEMORY_TF_GRAPHICOBJECTTIME 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
9 811309074 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
9 811309076 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
29 OFFMGR_NUMERICFIELD_OFA_TP_MEMORY_ED_UNDO 5c You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the list.
2c OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_MEMORY_CB_QUICKLAUNCH 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
2d OFFMGR_NUMERICFIELD_OFA_TP_MEMORY_NF_OLECACHE 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
9 811309081 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
9 811309068 5c You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the list.
9 811303963 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
5 39871 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
9 704794115 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
5 39875 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
9 704795141 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
9 704795140 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
9 704807944 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704807949 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
9 704813061 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
9 704807945 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
9 704807943 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704807938 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
9 704807947 e1 Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.
9 704807948 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
9 704807940 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
3b SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG_CB_SYSTEM_FONT 63 Displays fonts in menus, dialogs, and other user interface elements using the system font settings.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME 57 Using "simple" authentication method, you enter your user name on the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM 3d Choose your security mechanism for access to the LDAP server.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD 5d Using "simple" authentication method, enter your password for access to the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD 56 Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.
5 33844 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285254 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285262 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
9 703285253 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
9 703285256 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285263 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285259 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
9 703285252 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703286786 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285251 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
9 703335976 26 Displays the available search engines.
9 703337015 39 Click this button to add a new configuration to the list.
5 33847 47 Use this tab page to define the settings for searching in the Internet.
9 703332907 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703337014 69 Click this button to delete the selected search engine from the list. There will be no security response.
9 703334441 30 Displays the name of the selected search engine.
9 703337013 4f Click this button to apply the modifications made to an existing configuration.
9 703332908 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703334446 7e This text box displays the URL and the first part of the query command for a search machine. A URL can also be typed directly.
9 703335985 2f Determines the case match for running a search.
9 703332909 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703334448 75 If you type more than one word while running a search, these words will be separated by the character specified here.
9 703334447 46 The suffix provides the command sequence, sent at the end of a search.
9 703337016 2f Use this button to include a new search engine.
9 703252484 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
9 703255045 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
9 736117762 c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
a 1242498072 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
9 703988750 bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
a 1242498070 d8 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset button on File - Properties - General.
a 1242498067 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
a 1242518028 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
9 703988759 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
9 703992337 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
a 1311508501 26 Enter the master password to continue.
a 1242498063 cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
a 1242498074 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
a 1242518030 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
3c svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_REMOVEPERSINFO d8 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset button on File - Properties - General.
37 svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_CREATEPDF 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
a 1311655957 1a Enter the master password.
9 703992332 30 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.
a 1242498065 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
a 1242498061 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
26 SVX_TABPAGE_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING 60 Defines the security options for saving documents and for opening documents that contain macros.
a 1242518029 22 Removes all entries from the list.
9 703988760 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
9 703992335 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
9 703988759 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
9 703992344 d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
9 703992345 d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
a 1311655959 20 Enter the master password again.
36 svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_SIGNDOCS cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703992340 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
9 703992341 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
37 svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_PRINTDOCS 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
9 703988758 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
3c svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_SAVEORSENDDOCS 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
3a svx_CheckBox_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY_CB_SEC_RECOMMPASSWD 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
39 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_UNKNOWN_TAGS 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE6 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808846367 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
9 808848935 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
9 808846359 ce If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Tools - Options - Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
9 808846373 dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
3d OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_IGNORE_FONTNAMES 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
9 808851463 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808848937 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808851471 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808846374 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
32 OFFMGR%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ALB_EXPORT 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE5 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
26 OFFMGR%3ATABPAGE%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
9 808851459 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
3c OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_PRINT_EXTENSION 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE1 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808851467 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE3 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808851465 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808851469 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
36 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_LOCAL_GRF dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
9 808851461 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 808846358 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
9 808846357 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
9 808846368 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE4 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
3e OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_STARBASIC_WARNING 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
2d OFFMGR_LISTBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT_LB_CHARSET 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
36 OFFMGR%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_STARBASIC 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
36 OFFMGR%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE2 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
5 10433 a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
9 878396433 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396428 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
5 20227 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878396432 20 Displays the vertical scrollbar.
9 878399065 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396431 22 Displays the horizontal scrollbar.
9 878396419 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
9 878396418 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
9 878396434 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396420 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
9 878396439 dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878396440 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
9 878396453 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
9 878399003 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
9 878396475 66 Displays the handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle) as simple squares without 3D effect.
9 878399064 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396441 4b Displays larger sized handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle).
9 878396430 a4 Displays guides around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Guides while moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
9 878396417 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
9 878432355 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
9 878432349 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
9 878432347 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
9 878438000 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432353 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
9 878437998 1f Specifies the size of the font.
5 53193 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
9 878437997 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432351 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
9 878437996 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878429286 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
9 878437999 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878085214 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
9 878085189 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
9 878085185 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
9 878087766 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
9 878085188 62 Specifies that each new print job will begin on a new page even if you are using a duplex printer.
9 878085186 72 Specifies whether to reverse the printing order. The last page of the document will then be the first one printed.
5 53179 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
9 878085212 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
9 878084689 4e Specifies that comments in your document are printed, but not the actual text.
9 878084690 56 Specifies that comments are printed at the end of the document, after the actual text.
9 878085213 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
9 878085184 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
9 878085183 54 Specifies whether graphics created with $[officename] drawing functions are printed.
9 878085190 a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
9 878085182 3e Specifies whether the tables of the text document are printed.
9 878085260 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
9 878085207 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
9 878085181 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
9 878085199 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
9 878085187 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
9 878084691 60 Specifies that comments are printed on an extra page that follows each page containing comments.
9 878084688 39 Specifies that comments in your document are not printed.
9 878576746 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
9 878576744 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
9 878576251 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
9 878582386 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
1d .uno%3ATableNumberRecognition 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
9 878576743 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
9 878576741 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
9 878582389 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
9 878576250 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
9 878576749 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
9 878576249 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
9 878576742 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
9 878582384 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
5 20252 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
9 878582391 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
9 878576745 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
5 53199 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
9 878806025 179 Specifies whether user-defined delimiters are displayed. These are hidden delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Command+Hyphen(-) 
Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with user-defined delimiters are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a user-defined delimiter has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
5 53211 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
9 878806023 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
24 SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTSHDWCRSR_CB_HIDDEN 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
9 878806024 c7 Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Command+Shift+Spacebar 
Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
9 878806021 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
9 878805511 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806026 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
29 SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTSHDWCRSR_CB_HIDDEN_PARA 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
9 878806052 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
9 878806027 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
9 878806028 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
9 878805512 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806077 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
9 878806018 1c Activates the direct cursor.
9 878806022 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
9 878805509 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
9 878805510 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
9 878874119 ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
9 878874121 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874126 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874116 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874124 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
5 53217 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
9 878874130 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
9 878874132 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
9 878874114 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
9 878972435 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
9 958202370 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
5 53230 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
9 878969873 be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
9 958202372 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 878969872 c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
9 878969356 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
9 878969358 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 878969357 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
9 878975510 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
9 958202371 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
34 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 79 Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.
2c SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT 95 Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.
9 546685992 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
3e SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART b6 Specifies whether paragraph spacing at the top of a page will also be effective at the beginning of a page or column if the paragraph is positioned on the first page of the document.
5 53251 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
9 879350288 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
2e SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 878939668 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
5 53801 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
9 878938130 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878937117 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
9 878939664 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
9 878939676 1e Specifies the character style.
9 878940174 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
2a SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_CAPTION%3ACB_COPY_ATTR 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
9 878938137 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878939671 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
9 703202312 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
9 703207948 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
5 33816 cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
5 27325 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
9 703207437 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the X-axis.
5 27323 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
9 703207438 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the Y-axis.
9 703207945 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
5 27322 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
9 703202308 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
9 703202309 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 10435 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 26309 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
9 958186519 c9 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - General.
9 958189115 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
9 958186517 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
9 958189086 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186548 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
9 958186531 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
9 958186529 f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
9 958186518 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
9 958186550 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
9 958189088 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186571 bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
9 958186564 5e Specifies that larger than normal handles (the eight points on a selection box) are displayed.
9 958189084 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
9 958186562 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
9 958186547 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
5 58892 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
9 958186549 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186520 d1 Mark the Value highlighting box to highlight all values in the sheet. Text cells are highlighted in black, cells with numbers in blue, and cells containing formulas, logical values, dates, and so on, in green.
9 958186553 3a Specifies whether to display grid lines between the cells.
9 958186563 73 Specifies whether to display the handles (the eight points on a selection box) as simple squares without 3D effect.
9 958186551 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
9 958186521 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
5 26630 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186556 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
9 958205512 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 958202956 f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
9 958202954 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
9 958208577 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
9 958202958 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 958205502 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
9 958202953 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958202959 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
9 958202957 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
13 .uno%3ASetInputMode 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958202951 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 956844546 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
9 956846594 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
9 956846593 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
5 58880 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
9 956846596 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
9 956845569 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
9 956844035 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
a 1494368771 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
a 1494368769 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
a 1494368256 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
9 957252105 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
9 957257732 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
9 957252628 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
9 957252625 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
9 957252609 b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
9 957257735 af Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the Standard number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
9 957252627 cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
9 957253637 ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
5 58879 fb Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets. Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
9 957252106 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
9 957252623 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
9 957252107 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
9 957252626 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
9 958369284 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
5 58933 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
9 958369283 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
9 958369281 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
9 958369282 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
9 957481988 e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
9 957481986 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
5 10434 ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
9 546653198 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
5 27153 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
9 546653186 ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
5 59770 26 Specifies the available display modes.
9 546653185 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
5 59789 26 Specifies the available display modes.
9 546653199 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
5 27157 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202337 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
9 703207971 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
5 27156 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202338 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703202332 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202330 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
5 59769 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202336 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
9 703207973 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
5 27152 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
5 27155 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202331 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202329 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703207966 cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
9 545866755 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
9 545866753 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
9 545866245 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
9 545866754 37 Specifies whether to print the page name of a document.
9 545866756 2b Specifies wither to print the current time.
9 545866242 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
5 59768 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
9 545866241 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
9 545866246 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
9 545866764 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
9 545866244 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
9 545866243 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
9 545866765 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
9 545866247 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
9 545866762 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
9 546685978 4e Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.
9 546685965 69 Specifies whether to automatically create a copy when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
9 546685971 a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
9 546685976 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
5 27159 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546685980 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
9 546685958 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546688513 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
9 546685973 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
9 546685977 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
9 546689053 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
5 59790 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
5 27158 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
9 546691588 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
9 546685961 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
5 10447 ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
5 10436 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
9 864666135 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 864666636 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
9 864666133 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
5 33124 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864666637 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
9 864666635 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
9 864666655 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
9 864666134 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
9 864665600 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864672280 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 705613314 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
32 SCH%3ALISTBOX%3ATP_DEF_COLOR%3ALB_CHART_COLOR_LIST 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
35 SCH%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_DEF_COLOR%3APB_RESET_TO_DEFAULT 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
9 705614341 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
9 809174018 11a Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with it in an unchanged form.
9 809174019 bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
9 809174020 bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
9 809174017 d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
5 35146 ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2e OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_CB_CTLSUPPORT 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 810569235 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
30 OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_LOCALESETTING 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
9 810569247 c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2f OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_COMPLEX_LANG 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
2b OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_CURRENCY 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
9 810569226 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
2c OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_WEST_LANG 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
30 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_CB_ASIANSUPPORT 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 810566669 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 810566667 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2f OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_CB_CURRENT_DOC 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
9 810569224 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
2d OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_ASIAN_LANG 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
9 810569222 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
9 810566684 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
9 810566671 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 810569233 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
9 704741890 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
9 704744972 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
9 704742409 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
9 704741894 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
9 704743438 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
9 704741891 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
9 704743440 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
9 704741893 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
9 704741895 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
9 714474605 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474700 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474603 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474610 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474608 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474597 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474606 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474599 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474609 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474607 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474604 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474697 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474699 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474601 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474600 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474598 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474602 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
46 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS_CB_IGNORE_PROLONGED_SOUNDMARK 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474698 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474611 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 704840715 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
2e OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_CB_SEQU_CHECK 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
9 704840215 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
9 704843296 ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
9 704840214 b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
3c OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS_CB_DRIVERPOOLING 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
9 809206786 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
2a OFFMGR_TABPAGE_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
5 38947 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 809211913 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
39 OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS_CB_POOL_CONNS 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 809206791 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
3a OFFMGR_NUMERICFIELD_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS_NF_TIMEOUT 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
5 35153 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
9 809226765 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
9 809226770 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
9 809226766 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
a 1346114049 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
a 1346111489 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
2d SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_COMPARISON_OPT%3ACB_IGNORE c5 Specifies that matched sequences of words or characters (depending on the chosen compare mode) of length equal to or less than the entered one will be ignored and will be shown as inserted/deleted.
12 HID_COMPARISON_OPT 33 Specifies the settings for comparing two documents.
2e SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_COMPARISON_OPT%3ARB_CHAR 30 Compare documents with a word as the basic unit.
2e SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_COMPARISON_OPT%3ARB_WORD 35 Compare documents with a character as the basic unit.
2e SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_COMPARISON_OPT%3ARB_AUTO 46 Use the most appropirate comparison settings for the current document.
2b SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_COMPARISON_OPT%3ACB_RSID 96 Specifies that RSIDs are used when the documents are compared. This has an effect only if both documents have RSIDs and their root RSIDs are the same.
9 705659405 49 Click No, I do not wish to participate to disable the automatic feedback.
9 705663507 9d Click the button to show the currently collected data. This data will be sent next time, plus any data that gets collected until you end the current session.
9 705659404 4c Click Yes, I am willing to participate … to enable the automatic feedback.
9 704860694 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
9 704860692 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
9 704860693 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
9 704857099 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_CB_J_ENABLE 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
5 39997 b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
a 1241763339 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
a 1241764373 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
a 1241764374 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
a 1241764372 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
a 1241747980 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
a 1241745419 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
a 1241746965 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
a 1241747991 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
9 553370115 bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553370114 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553370117 c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
9 553370116 e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
9 553390597 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
9 553390596 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
9 553390602 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
5 43078 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
9 553390601 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
9 553389576 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
9 879366677 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
9 879363086 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
9 879368205 14 Enter the SMTP port.
9 879364104 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
9 879364101 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
9 879366672 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
9 879364107 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
9 879363078 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
9 879364099 10 Enter your name.
22 sw_ListBox_TP_MAILCONFIG_LB_SECURE 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
9 705593870 27 A check will be performed once a month.
9 705593868 25 A check will be performed once a day.
9 705593869 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
9 705597967 1e A check will be performed now.
9 705594379 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
a 1427145267 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
a 1427146812 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
a 1427146807 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
a 1427150861 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
a 1427145268 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
a 1427146763 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
a 1427145283 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
a 1427146809 25 Enter the password for the user name.
a 1427145778 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
a 1427145284 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
a 1427146816 13 Enter the password.
a 1427130914 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
a 1427132964 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
5 54980 41 In the top list box you will see the results of the test session.
5 43080 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43074 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
9 553339395 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43079 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
5 43073 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
9 553323010 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
5 43072 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
5 63304 2e Inserts a new column after the current column.
5 63303 28 Inserts a new row below the current row.
5 63367 20 Enter names for the data series.
5 63306 4a Deletes the current column. It is not possible to delete the label column.
5 63308 31 Switches the current row with its neighbor below.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
5 63305 44 Deletes the current row. It is not possible to delete the label row.
5 63307 3b Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisTitle 4e Click Axes Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the axis labels.
26 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_MAINTITLE 70 Marking the Main Title option activates the main title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_Y_AXIS 6e Marking the Y axis option activates the Y axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
12 .uno%3AToggleTitle 50 Click Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the title and subtitle.
25 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_SUBTITLE 6c Marking the Subtitle option activates the subtitle. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
2d SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_TITLE%3ACBX_TITLE_X_AXIS 6e Marking the X axis option activates the X axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
2a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_TITLE%3ACBX_MAINTITLE 70 Marking the Main Title option activates the main title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_Z_AXIS 6e Marking the Z axis option activates the Z axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_X_AXIS 6e Marking the X axis option activates the X axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
2d SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_TITLE%3ACBX_TITLE_Z_AXIS 6e Marking the Z axis option activates the Z axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
29 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_TITLE%3ACBX_SUBTITLE 6c Marking the Subtitle option activates the subtitle. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
2d SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_TITLE%3ACBX_TITLE_Y_AXIS 6e Marking the Y axis option activates the Y axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.
9 551620100 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
2e SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_LEGEND_POS%3ARBT_BOTTOM 30 Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.
28 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_LEGEND%3ARBT_TOP 2d Positions the legend at the top of the chart.
29 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_LEGEND%3ARBT_LEFT 2e Positions the legend at the left of the chart.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 89 Opens the Legend dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
2c SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_LEGEND_POS%3ARBT_LEFT 2e Positions the legend at the left of the chart.
5 63340 2e Positions the legend at the left of the chart.
20 SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_LEGEND_CBX_SHOW 34 Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.
2b SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_LEGEND_POS%3ARBT_TOP 2d Positions the legend at the top of the chart.
5 63341 2d Positions the legend at the top of the chart.
5 63343 30 Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.
2b SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_LEGEND%3ARBT_BOTTOM 30 Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 44 To show or hide a legend, click Legend On/Off on the Formatting bar.
2a SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_LEGEND%3ARBT_RIGHT 2f Positions the legend at the right of the chart.
5 63342 2f Positions the legend at the right of the chart.
2d SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_LEGEND_POS%3ARBT_RIGHT 2f Positions the legend at the right of the chart.
25 SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_DATA_DESCR_CB_SYMBOL 38 Displays the legend icons next to each data point label.
22 SCH_CHECKBOX_TP_DATA_DESCR_CB_TEXT 21 Shows the data point text labels.
23 SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_DATA_DESCR_CB_TEXT 21 Shows the data point text labels.
24 SCH_CHECKBOX_TP_DATA_DESCR_CB_SYMBOL 38 Displays the legend icons next to each data point label.
5 63371 3d Selects the placement of data labels relative to the objects.
28 SCH_RADIOBUTTON_TP_DATA_DESCR_RB_PERCENT 3a Displays the percentage of the data points in each column.
5 63368 2b Opens a dialog to select the number format.
5 63356 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
28 SCH_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_DATA_DESCR_RB_NUMBER 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
5 63357 3a Displays the percentage of the data points in each column.
29 SCH_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_DATA_DESCR_RB_PERCENT 3a Displays the percentage of the data points in each column.
5 63358 21 Shows the data point text labels.
5 63355 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
27 SCH_RADIOBUTTON_TP_DATA_DESCR_RB_NUMBER 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
5 63359 38 Displays the legend icons next to each data point label.
5 63370 48 Selects the separator between multiple text strings for the same object.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
5 63395 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
5 63369 2f Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
2a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_AXIS%3ACB_X_SECONDARY 29 Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
5 63329 30 Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
28 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_AXIS%3ACB_Z_PRIMARY 30 Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
2a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_AXIS%3ACB_Y_SECONDARY 29 Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.
5 63332 29 Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.
5 63328 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
28 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_AXIS%3ACB_Y_PRIMARY 30 Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
5 63330 30 Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
22 SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_AXIS_CB_X_PRIMARY 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
5 63331 29 Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
5 63384 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
5 63391 be Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positve (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.
5 63350 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63349 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
2f SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_VARIANT 60 Variance: Displays the variance calculated from the number of data points and respective values.
5 63352 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
27 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63394 1f Shows only negative error bars.
5 63353 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63382 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
5 63354 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
2f SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
14 HID_SCH_CT_INDICATE2 1e Specifies the error indicator.
2d SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
27 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_SIGMA 52 Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance).
5 63348 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
2a SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_BIGERROR 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63392 27 Shows positive and negative error bars.
5 63385 4a Enter the value to add to the displayed value as the positive error value.
5 63347 52 Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance).
2e SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_BIGERROR 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
2a SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_PLUS 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63351 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
26 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
5 63291 1e Specifies the error indicator.
5 63346 60 Variance: Displays the variance calculated from the number of data points and respective values.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 40 Use the Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
5 63393 1f Shows only positive error bars.
2d SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_SIGMA 52 Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance).
2b SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_MINUS 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
33 SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
31 SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_MINUS 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63388 51 Enter the value to subtract from the displayed value as the negative error value.
34 SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_BIGERROR 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
30 SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_PLUS 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63387 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
2d SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_STAT%3AMTR_FLD_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63345 1d Does not show any error bars.
30 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_BIGERROR 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
29 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_VARIANT 60 Variance: Displays the variance calculated from the number of data points and respective values.
5 63383 6d Click Cell Range and then specify a cell range from which to take the positive and negative error bar values.
2c SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_DATA_STAT%3ARBT_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
5 63389 7c Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
2e SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_STAT%3ARBT_PERCENTVALUE 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63386 7c Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
5 63390 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
5 63378 23 An exponential trend line is shown.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 8c Mean Value Lines are special trend lines that show the mean value. Use Insert - Mean Value Lines to insert mean value lines for data series.
5 63375 17 No trend line is shown.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 71 Regression curves, also known as trend lines, can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
5 63379 1c A power trend line is shown.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
5 63376 1d A linear trend line is shown.
5 63381 3e Shows the coefficient of determination next to the trend line.
5 63377 22 A logarithmic trend line is shown.
5 63380 35 Shows the trend line equation next to the trend line.
9 551748098 54 This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
2a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ACB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
5 63374 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
9 551748099 89 Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
9 551754244 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
9 551748110 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
2f SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARBT_OPT_AXIS_1 54 This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
9 551770113 70 Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
9 551754245 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
2f SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARBT_OPT_AXIS_2 89 Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
9 551748618 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
2b SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_OPTIONS%3AMT_OVERLAP 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
9 551748109 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
9 551748624 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
9 551748617 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
27 SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_OPTIONS%3AMT_GAP 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
9 551748111 75 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
9 551764993 ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_Z_HELP 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_X_MAIN 2a Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
5 63337 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
5 63339 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_Z_MAIN 2a Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_X_HELP 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_Y_HELP 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal c3 The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis. Note: This only works if the Minor grid check boxes in Insert - Grids are cleared.
5 63338 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
25 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_GRID%3ACB_Y_MAIN 2a Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical c0 The Vertical Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis. Note: This only works if the X-axis Minor grid is not selected in Insert - Grids.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
d .uno%3AXTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
10 .uno%3AMainTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryXTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
d .uno%3AZTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryYTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
f .uno%3ASubTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
10 .uno%3AAllTitles 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
d .uno%3AYTitle 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
5 63397 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551945227 39 Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.
5 63317 33 Allows you to manually enter the orientation angle.
5 63316 34 Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
3b SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_AUTOORDER 2b Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.
38 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_TEXTBREAK 14 Allows a text break.
9 551944721 2b Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.
38 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_UPDOWN 42 Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.
9 551945217 32 Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.
3a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_TEXTOVERLAP 39 Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.
5 63315 45 Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.
5 63396 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551944720 41 Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.
3c SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_SIDEBYSIDE 2a Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 5c The AxesTitle On/Off icon on the Formatting bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.
9 551947796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551944719 42 Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.
9 551945228 14 Allows a text break.
9 551947796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551944718 2a Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.
3a SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_SCHOW_DESCR 32 Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.
38 SCH%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_DOWNUP 41 Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.
d .uno%3ALegend 3f Defines the border, area and character attributes for a legend.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose Insert - Axes and select X axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose Insert - Axes and select Y axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisZ 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisX 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 3c Opens the Y Axis dialog, to change properties of the Y axis.
9 551666693 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551666695 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
9 551666694 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
29 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_LOGARITHM 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
9 551666695 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
28 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_MAX 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
24 SCH_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_STEP_MAIN 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
9 551666692 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551670785 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
1e SCH_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_MAX 32 Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.
2e SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_STEP_MAIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
24 SCH_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_STEP_HELP 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
1e SCH_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_MIN 38 Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.
9 551666693 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551670788 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
9 551666691 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
2b SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551672330 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
9 551670787 38 Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.
9 551666689 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
28 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_MIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
21 SCH_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_ORIGIN 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
9 551670786 32 Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.
2a SCH%3AMETRICFIELD%3ATP_SCALE%3AMT_STEPHELP 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
9 551666690 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
2e SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_STEP_HELP 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551670788 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
9 551685638 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
30 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_TICKS_OUTER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551686148 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551685634 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
9 551683076 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
31 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_HELPTICKS_OUTER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551685638 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
9 551686148 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551685633 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
9 551683075 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551683075 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
34 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_HELPTICKS_INNER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551683076 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551683077 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551683074 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551683077 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
34 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_HELPTICKS_OUTER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
31 SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_HELPTICKS_INNER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551687171 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
2d SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_TICKS_OUTER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
2d SCH%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_TICKS_INNER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551685634 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
9 551685633 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
9 551683074 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
30 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE_Y%3ACBX_TICKS_INNER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551687171 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXHelp 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZMain 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYHelp 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYMain 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZHelp 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXMain 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall a2 Opens the Chart Wall dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor b4 Opens the Chart Floor dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 96 Opens the Chart Area dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.
a 1088553477 1b Apply a cubic spline model.
a 1088559617 1a Set the data points order.
a 1088553478 17 Apply a B-spline model.
a 1088559618 13 Set the resolution.
5 34144 61 Drag the bottom slider to set the horizontal position and direction of the selected light source.
5 34146 44 Click to switch between an illumination model of a sphere or a cube.
9 551868929 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
9 551868930 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
9 551906818 26 Select a color using the color dialog.
9 551906822 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551882242 49 Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
9 551906821 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551868932 bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
5 34145 5c Drag the right slider to set the vertical height and direction of the selected light source.
9 551879683 18 Edges are rounded by 5%.
9 551898626 2d Select a color for the selected light source.
9 551906817 26 Select a color using the color dialog.
9 551863298 101 If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
9 551906819 45 Click to enable or disable the specular light source with highlights.
9 551868931 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
9 551879681 42 Shows borders around the areas by setting the line style to Solid.
9 551906823 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551879682 3f Applies Gouraud shading if marked, or flat shading if unmarked.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
9 551906826 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551906825 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551906820 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551906824 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551898625 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
9 551863297 bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
5 63361 20 Enter a subtitle for your chart.
5 63373 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
5 63334 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
5 63340 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
5 63335 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
5 63372 71 Enter a label for the secondary x-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary x-axis.
5 63341 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
5 63362 2a Enter a label for the x-axis (horizontal).
5 63343 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
5 63363 28 Enter a label for the y-axis (vertical).
5 63360 1d Enter a title for your chart.
5 63342 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
5 63364 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
5 63336 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
5 63366 20 Displays a legend in your chart.
9 551780867 27 Stack series display values as percent.
5 63293 1a Select a basic chart type.
9 551780866 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
9 551783937 1b Select the type of 3D look.
9 551784961 2b Opens a dialog to set the curve properties.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1c Opens the Chart Type dialog.
5 63325 1d Select a shape from the list.
5 63294 2a Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
9 551781380 1e The lines are shown as curves.
5 63365 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
9 551781378 26 Enables a 3D look for the data values.
9 551781381 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
9 551781379 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
5 63323 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
9 551808513 a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551797761 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
9 551797762 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
9 551798785 a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551797249 d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
9 551797250 dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
9 551850536 35 Removes the selected entry from the Data Series list.
9 551848016 ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551850636 34 Moves up the selected entry in the Data Series list.
9 551857794 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
5 63296 a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
5 63295 a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
9 551850526 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
9 551857754 ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551850646 36 Moves down the selected entry in the Data Series list.
9 551848056 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 45 Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b6 Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Displays the name of the current chart type.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 20 Formats the selected data label.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 18 Formats the data series.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 18 Formats the data lables.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 31 Resets the selected data point to default format.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Inserts data labels.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 15 Inserts a minor grid.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Deletes the R² value.
5 10140 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 21 Opens a dialog to insert an axis.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 15 Inserts a major grid.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 17 Deletes the minor grid.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1a Deletes the selected axis.
5 52971 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
5 26071 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 22 Formats the stock gain indicators.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formats the selected title.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 19 Formats the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 20 Formats the selected data point.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
11 SID_OPENDLG_CHART 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 17 Deletes the major grid.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 27 Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 20 Deletes the selected data label.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 28 Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 29 Resets all data points to default format.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1c Inserts a single data label.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 18 Deletes all data labels.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 22 Formats the stock loss indicators.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 17 Formats the major grid.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 17 Formats the minor grid.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 26 Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b9 Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.
